M.manut. Casagrande B125

Casagrande S.p.A.
℡ +39 0434 9941

Via A. Malignani, 1 +39 0434 997009
33074 Fontanafredda www.casagrandegroup.com
Pordenone (PN) - Italia - info@casagrandegroup.com
B125
DIAPHRAGM WALL EQUIPMENT
VOLUME 1 SAFETY INFORMATION
VOLUME 2 USE AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
VOLUME 3 SPARE PARTS
Machine: B125
Serial number: B125ZC0251
Year of construction: 2005
Delivery date: 15-07-2005
Client: CIMERTEX - SOCIEDADE DE MAQUINAS E EQUIPAMIENTO

Rua Abade Mondego, 165
4455-4 PERAFITA MTS - PRT
THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

Serial numbers of the main components
Component Serial number
K Grab KZC0188
Winch A12ZC0144
Kelly KRC1ZC0125
CUMMINS QSB 5.9-44 diesel engine 46458327

GENERAL INFORMATION
This manual refers to the B125 diaphragm wall equipment manufactured by CASAGRANDE S.p.A.
The manual is supplied with each machine and must be safeguarded by the user against damage,
defacement or deterioration so that it is always readily available for consultation.
The B125 diaphragm wall equipment is designed and manufactured in accordance with all
applicable safety standards and with the aim of assuring reliable duty through time provided the
machine is employed for the intended uses.
In order to assure the maximum working reliability, CASAGRANDE S.p.A. carefully selected the
materials and components used in the manufacture of the machine, and performed exhaustive
factory testing before shipment. The durability of the machine depends also on it being used
correctly and on it being subjected to appropriate preventive maintenance in observance of the
instructions in this manual.
All parts of the machine, including connection and control devices, are designed and made with
elevated margins of safety to withstand abnormal stresses. That is levels of stress that are higher
than the levels specified in this manual. The materials and components are of prime quality and their
reception, storage and use is subject to strict controls in our factory to assure their quality, state and
condition and that they are free of malfunctions.
N.B.:
1) THE MACHINE MUST NOT BE USED, AND WORK MUST NOT BE CARRIED OUT ON THE
MACHINE BEFORE YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE CONTENTS OF THIS MANUAL
IN THEIR ENTIRETY.
2) FIRST OF ALL IT IS IMPORTANT TO ADOPT ALL THE MEASURES LISTED IN VOLUME 1 -

SAFETY INFORMATION.
3) USE OF THIS MACHINE IN CONDITIONS OR FOR APPLICATIONS THAT DIFFER FROM

THOSE SPECIFIED IN THIS MANUAL IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. CASAGRANDE S.p.A.
ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR MACHINE FAULTS, PROBLEMS OR ACCIDENTS
RESULTING FROM THE INFRINGEMENT OF THIS RULE.
This manual is composed of three VOLUMES:
VOLUME 1) SAFETY INFORMATION
VOLUME 2) USER AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
VOLUME 3) SPARE PARTS MANUAL
N.B.: DO NOT TAMPER WITH OR MODIFY, EVEN PARTIALLY, THE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
THAT ARE DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL. IN PARTICULAR, DO NOT TAMPER WITH, MODIFY
OR REMOVE THE GUARDS THAT HAVE BEEN INSTALLED TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF
PERSONNEL.
DO NOT OPERATE IN DISCORD WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN THIS MANUAL OR
DISREGARD THE OPERATIONS REQUIRED FOR SAFETY.

USER MANUAL (Volume 2 – Use and Maintenance) B125-V2-6-eng
Index
1. INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................1-1
1.1. Foreword to volume 2 – use and maintenance ........................................................... 1-1
1.2. How to read this manual ............................................................................................. 1-2
2. TECHNICAL DATA ..........................................................................................2-1

2.1. Proper use .................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.2. Technical characteristics............................................................................................. 2-2
2.2.1. Performance and dimensional features of the machine.......................................................2-5
2.2.2. Stability ...............................................................................................................................2-11
2.3. Features of the main components............................................................................. 2-17
2.4. On-board plants ........................................................................................................ 2-23
2.4.1. Hydraulic plant....................................................................................................................2-23
2.4.2. Electric plant.......................................................................................................................2-24
2.5. Machine equipment................................................................................................... 2-25
2.5.1. Hydraulic equipment...........................................................................................................2-25
2.5.2. Electrical equipment ...........................................................................................................2-26
2.5.3. Safety equipment ...............................................................................................................2-26
3. TRANSPORT AND START-UP OF THE MACHINE ........................................3-1

3.1. Foreword .................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2. Preparation and loading of the machine...................................................................... 3-2
3.2.1. Pile arrangement with crowd cylinder...................................................................................3-3
3.2.2. Pile arrangement with crowd winch......................................................................................3-7
3.2.3. CFA arrangement...............................................................................................................3-12
3.2.4. Kelly arrangement ..............................................................................................................3-17
3.2 Unloading of the machine ......................................................................................... 3-21
3.3 Start–up of the machine............................................................................................ 3-21
4. USE..................................................................................................................4-1
4.1. Operator position ........................................................................................................ 4-1
4.2. Notes .......................................................................................................................... 4-2
4.2.1. Drilling with telescopic rods ..................................................................................................4-2
4.2.2. Performing pipe drillings.......................................................................................................4-4
4.2.3. Drilling with continuous flight auger (CFA) ...........................................................................4-5
4.2.4. Use of the auxiliary winch (all setups) ..................................................................................4-7
4.2.5. Excavation with kelly ............................................................................................................4-8
4.2.6. Cleaning of telescopic rods ..................................................................................................4-9
4.3. Signaling................................................................................................................... 4-10
I
4.4. Commands and controls ........................................................................................... 4-14

4.5. Operation.................................................................................................................. 4-18
4.5.1. Startup ............................................................................................................................... 4-19
4.5.1.1. Start up of the machine......................................................................................... 4-19
4.5.1.2. Start-up of cabin heater (optional) ........................................................................ 4-26
4.5.2. Diesel engine control ......................................................................................................... 4-27
4.5.2.1. Adjustment of speed of the diesel engine............................................................. 4-27
4.5.2.2. Reading of malfunction codes of the diesel engine .............................................. 4-28
4.5.2.3. Engine malfunction codes table............................................................................ 4-30
4.5.3. Stabilizing the machine...................................................................................................... 4-37
4.5.3.1. Extending and retracting the crawler tracks.......................................................... 4-39
4.5.3.2. Stabilizing the mast (CFA option with crowd winch) ............................................. 4-39
4.5.4. Travel................................................................................................................................. 4-40
4.5.4.1. Forward drive ........................................................................................................ 4-42
4.5.4.2. Backward drive ..................................................................................................... 4-43
4.5.4.3. Stop....................................................................................................................... 4-43
4.5.4.4. Pivot on the spot (rh)............................................................................................. 4-43
4.5.4.5. Pivot on the spot (lh) ............................................................................................. 4-44
4.5.4.6. Steer right with one track ...................................................................................... 4-44
4.5.4.7. Steer left with one track ........................................................................................ 4-45
4.5.5. Positioning of the drilling equipment .................................................................................. 4-46
4.5.5.1. Mast/kelly support (parallelogram) positioning...................................................... 4-49
4.5.5.2. Mast/kelly front inclination (with electronic device) ............................................... 4-50
4.5.5.3. Mast/kelly front inclination..................................................................................... 4-51
4.5.6. Upperstructure slew........................................................................................................... 4-52
4.5.6.1. Upperstructure slew in manual mode ................................................................... 4-54
4.5.6.2. Upperstructure slew in floating mode ................................................................... 4-54
4.5.7. Working ............................................................................................................................. 4-55
4.5.7.1. Winches ................................................................................................................ 4-55
4.5.7.1.1. Floating mode (rear winch) 4-58
4.5.7.1.2. Free fall mode (front/rear winch) optional 4-59
4.5.7.2. Crowd system ....................................................................................................... 4-60
4.5.7.3. Rotary ................................................................................................................... 4-61
4.5.7.4. Rotary CFA ........................................................................................................... 4-63
4.5.7.4.1. Propeller cleaner 4-65
4.5.7.5. Kelly ...................................................................................................................... 4-65
4.5.7.6. Vibrator ................................................................................................................. 4-68
4.5.8. Stopping the machine ........................................................................................................ 4-69
5. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................. 5-1

5.1. Foreword .................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2. Tightening torque........................................................................................................ 5-2
5.3. Daily inspections ......................................................................................................... 5-3
5.4. Occasional interventions............................................................................................. 5-4
5.4.1. Refuelling fuel tank .............................................................................................................. 5-4
5.4.2. Emptying of the tank ............................................................................................................ 5-5
5.4.3. Close inspection of wire ropes............................................................................................. 5-6
5.4.4. Adjustment of the main winch rope guide............................................................................ 5-7
II
5.4.5. Play adjusting of the undercarriage telescopic system ........................................................5-8

5.4.6. Greasing of the undercarriage telescopic system ..............................................................5-10
5.5. Planned maintenance ............................................................................................... 5-11
5.5.1. Preventive maintenance cards ...........................................................................................5-11
5.5.2. Description of the maintenance interventions ....................................................................5-13
5.5.2.1. Introduction to maintenance ..................................................................................5-13
5.5.3. Preventive maintenance cards for rotary and drilling equipment .......................................5-43
5.5.3.1. Lubrication and inspection points ..........................................................................5-44
5.5.3.2. Occasional maintenance .......................................................................................5-45
5.5.4. Kelly equipment preventive maintenance cards.................................................................5-55
5.6. Refilling characteristics ............................................................................................. 5-59
5.6.1. Main components filling tables ...........................................................................................5-59
5.6.1.1. Base machine........................................................................................................5-59
5.6.1.2. Winches.................................................................................................................5-60
5.6.1.3. Rotary H.................................................................................................................5-60
5.6.2. Fluid data table ...................................................................................................................5-61
5.7. Components replacement and repair ........................................................................ 5-66
5.7.1. Ropes .................................................................................................................................5-66
5.7.1.1. Fitting the rope to the winch ..................................................................................5-66
5.7.1.2. Anchoring the rope ................................................................................................5-67
5.7.1.3. Wire ropes cutting .................................................................................................5-68
5.7.2. Flexible hoses ....................................................................................................................5-69
5.7.2.1. Kelly hoses replacement .......................................................................................5-69
5.7.3. Crawler chain .....................................................................................................................5-70
5.7.4. Handling of rotary kelly bar.................................................................................................5-71
5.7.4.1. Storage or transportation.......................................................................................5-71
5.7.4.2. Hoisting for transport .............................................................................................5-71
5.7.4.3. Hoisting for assembly/disassembly on the equipment ..........................................5-72
5.7.4.4. Repairs of rotary kelly bar......................................................................................5-73
5.7.4.5. Deformation of lug hole .........................................................................................5-74
5.7.4.6. Cracks in shoulder flange weld..............................................................................5-74
5.7.4.7. Deformation and cracking of the shoulder flange or of the tube in its vicinity. ......5-75
5.7.4.8. Drawing plates damaged through wear and/or deformation .................................5-75
5.7.4.9. Thrust zones on interlocking kelly bar ...................................................................5-76
5.7.4.10. Tube elements.......................................................................................................5-76
5.7.4.11. Internal tube element (end section) .......................................................................5-77
5.7.4.12. Internal drive system .............................................................................................5-77
5.7.4.13. Dampers and/or spring..........................................................................................5-77
5.7.4.14. Kelly bar stub pin ...................................................................................................5-78
5.7.4.15. Kelly bar stub .........................................................................................................5-78
6. DISPOSAL OF THE MACHINE .......................................................................6-1
7. ANNEXED........................................................................................................7-1
III
IV
1. Introduction
1.1. Foreword to volume 2 – use and maintenance
Compliments for the choice! The hydraulic piling rig B125 Casagrande you have purchased is the
direct result of the long experience of the company in the sector and will guarantee long and efficient
operation.
The B125 has been designed and manufactured to guarantee wide operation reliability with the
maximum safety for operators; Casagrande has, for this reason (in addition to the largest safety
coefficients), performed an accurate choice of materials and components, forcing them to the
management of a sophisticated quality system. The latter, through continuous controls from the arrival
up to storage and utilization in the workshop, is able to guarantee the best quality, free of damages or
malfunctions.
Further, ultimate guarantee is assured by the severe checks that the B125 must pass during the
manufacturing phases.
For these reasons, the only conditions the user will have to respect are the PROPER USE and a
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY complying with the instructions of this manual (all volumes).
Therefore, it is important to underline the following:
1. Any intervention, of any kind, on the machine, shall be preceded by a preventive, careful
reading of this manual, in all its parts (in particular the volumes 1 and 2).
2. It is of fundamental importance and then obligatory that the machine is used according to
“proper use” and directions specified in this manual; Casagrande SpA will not be held
responsible for any damage, trouble or accident caused by lack of compliance with this rule.
Function of the present volume is supplying to the user all the information necessary for the SAFE
utilization of the machine, from the purchase up to the reselling or disposal of the same.
The manual has been designed to guarantee the maximum support to the personnel involved in use
and maintenance of the equipment, but for any special requirement, or for requests of technical
assistance, you can count on our Customer Assistance Center in Italy:
Casagrande SpA
Customer Assistance Center
Via A. Malignani,1 - 33074 Fontanafredda
Pordenone - Italy
Tel. 0434-9941
Fax 0434-997009
NOTE: remember to indicate, in your request, the manual code (in case of loss or damage of the
document) and the serial number of the machine.
NOTE : In case of reselling of the machine, transmit to CASAGRANDE S.p.A. the address of the new
owner, to guarantee the continuation of the relationship with the customer.
1-1
1.2. How to read this manual
The Casagrande Hydraulic Piling Rig manual consists of three volumes and other annexed:
Volume 1 – SAFETY (the present document)

Volume 2 – USE AND MAINTENANCE
Volume 3 – SPARE PARTS
Annexe:
- Diesel engine manual
- Zollern winch manual (if applied)
- Kelly equipment manual (if applied)
and has been expressly designed and developed to facilitate and optimize the work of the involved
personnel.
• In particular, the chapter identification bands, placed on the external side of every page, have
been foreseen to facilitate the navigation inside the documents.
• As far as safety is concerned, the symbol
has been adopted to highlight those rules the lack of compliance with endanger, physically, the user;
it is then obvious the particularly careful reading of these parts.
• By the other hand, to highlight situations that could be dangerous in terms of potential damages
to machine or equipment, the following symbol has been chosen:
IMPORTANT:
It is INDISPENSABLE that this manual, complete of all volumes, is let available to all users, on
board or in the office of the site manager, in a protected and well defined position.
1-2
2. Technical data
2.1. Proper use
IMPORTANT!
The equipment shall be used to execute cased or uncased bore-holes ONLY, using rotary drilling tools,
chisels and grabs (in pile or CFA arrangement) or for the realization of diaphragms using hydraulics
grabs (in kelly arrangement). The method of excavation and the tool to be used shall be chosen by the
user, according to the kind of soil.
IMPORTANT!
The machine can operate in the environment temperature range –10 +40ºC
2-1
2.2. Technical characteristics
This paragraph has the function of supplying a general overview of the main features of the machine,
together to those of the main components.
The equipment consists of the following elements:
MAIN VIEW COMPONENTS
PILE ARRANGEMENT
2.1 1 Jib
2 Mast
1 3 Kelly bars guide
3 4
5
Crowd cylinder/winch
Kelly bars
2 6 Rotary
7 Slide
5 8 Mast support (parallelogram)
4 9 Cabin
10 Control panel
7 11 Crawler
12 Upperstructure
6 13 Cowlings
9
8
13
12
10 11
2.2
2-2
MAIN VIEW COMPONENTS
CFA ARRANGEMENT
2.3 1 Jib
2 Mast
4
3 Rotary sheave block
3 1 4 Cement feeding device
5 Centring device/Auger cleaner
6 6 Rotary
7 Slide
2 8 Mast support (parallelogram)
7 9 Cabin
10 Control panel
11 Crawler
12 Upperstructure
13 Cowlings
8
9
5 13
12
10 11
KELLY ARRANGEMENT
2.4 1 Kelly support
2 Cabin
3 Control panel
4 Crawler
5 Upperstructure
6 Cowlings
7 Kelly equipment (see separated
manual)
7 1
2
6
3
5
4
2-3
UPPERSTRUCTURE SECTION COMPONENTS

2.5
15 Counterweight group
16 Fuel tank
17 Propulsion unit
18 Pumps unit
19 Hydraulic oil reservoir
20 Upperstructure slewing group
21 Battery and accumulators
22 Front winch (auxiliary)
23 Rear winch (main)
24 Electric board
2-4
2.2.1. Performance and dimensional features of the machine
MAXIMUM SPEED 0 ÷ 1.8 Km/h
TEMPERATURE RANGE -10 +40 °C
MAXIMUM WORKING ALTITUDE 3960 m
UPPERSTRUCTURE SLEWING SPEED 0 ÷ 3,2 RPM
AVERAGE WEIGHT OF THE

35500 kg
PILE MACHINE
PDC
GROUND PRESSURE 7,8 N/cm2

38700
PILE MACHINE
PDW
GROUND PRESSURE 8,5

32000 kg
MACHINE
CFA
GROUND PRESSURE 7 N/cm2

30500 kg
MACHINE
KELLY
GROUND PRESSURE 6,7 N/cm2
2-5
PILE ARRANGEMENT WITH CROWD CYLINDER
2.6
DIMENSIONS [mm]
min 2620
A distance between
upperstructure slewing
max 3400 (3500) *
axis - tool axis
B max height 18085
C height of mast bottom off the ground 2580
D height of slide bottom off the ground 2400

E nominal rod length 7500 9500 11000
F max height of the tool off the
4245 3845 2345
ground
G max height of the kelly bar tang
6245 5845 4345
off the ground
P max drilling depth with friction or
26000 34000 40000
interlocking type kelly bars 4XG
P1 max drilling depth with friction
32600 42600 50100
type kelly bar 5XG
max drilling diameter mm 1500

max drilling diameter with the tool
mm 2000
under the mast (tool height: 1000 mm)
max extraction force kN 148
max pushing force kN 114
average weight of the machine kg 35500
Kelly bar lenght up to 4x9.5 m
2-6
PILE ARRANGEMENT WITH CROWD WINCH

2.7
DIMENSIONS [mm]
min 2620
A distance between upperstructure
slewing axis - tool axis max 3400 (3500)
B max height 18660
D height of slide bottom off the ground 2400

E nominal rod length 7500 9500 11000
F max height of the tool off the
6350 4350 2850
ground
P max drilling depth with friction or
26000 34000 40000
interlocking type kelly bars 4XG
P1 max drilling depth with friction
32600 42600 50100
type kelly bar 5XG
max drilling diameter mm 1200

max pushing force kN 240
average weight of the machine kg 38700
2-7
CFA ARRANGEMENT
2.8
DIMENSION [mm]
A distance between upperstructure min 2470
slewing axis - tool axis max 3400
B max height 18145
E max height with 4 m extension 21100
P max depth with 6 m extension 19515
G stroke of rotary head
- with open positioner 14400
- with auger cleaner 13400
L extension length 4000 - 6000
D max auger diameter 800
2-8
KELLY ARRANGEMENT
2.9
DIMENSIONS VALUE [mm]
C distance between upperstructure min 2680

slewing axis - tool axis
max 3100
HYDRAULIC GRAB K2200 K2500
A grab height – closed jaws 2700 3200
A1 grab height - open jaws 2050 2500
B height from ground - closed jaws 2560 2060
B1 height from ground - open jaws 3210 2760
E Height of auxiliary jib 11376
F Rope distance from excavation axis 830
P max. depth 23260 23710
P max. depth with 3000 mm extension 26260 26710
P max. depth with 5000 mm extension 28260 28710
L Width * 400 800
M Machine space from excavation axis 315
Extraction force [kN] 200
Auxiliary winch pulling capacity [kN] 50
Average weight of the machine [kg] 30500
* for 400 mm width are required kelly and

grabs in special arrangement
2-9
SOUND LEVEL WITH SOUNDPROOFED MACHINE VALUE

Measured sound power level (LWA) 114 dB(A)/re 1 pW
Guaranteed sound power level (LWAd) 116 dB(A)/re 1 pW
Sound pressure level in the operator positions (LpA) 82 dB(A)/re 20 µPa
Measurements were made in conformity with:
2000/14/CE DIRECTIVE
UNI EN ISO 3744
UNI EN ISO 11201
UNI EN 791
On the machine the following data plate is placed:
2.10
2.11
A Wheel base 3710 mm

B Overall length of crawler 4510 mm
C Tracks width 600 mm
- closed tracks: 1300 mm
D Width of undercarriage
- open tracks: 2500 mm
- closed tracks: 2500 mm
E Overall width of undercarriage
- open tracks: 3700 mm
F Ground clearance 314 mm
G Swing radius of rear end 3360 mm
H Overall length of upperstructure 4995 mm
I Counterweight ground clearance 955 mm
L Height of basic machine 3070 mm
L1 Height of basic machine with protective screens 3185 mm
M Max. height of enclosure 2235 mm
N Width of upperstructure 2480 mm
O Overall length of basic machine 5615 mm
2
Ground pressure (basic machine) 4,7 N/cm
Weight of basic machine without assemblies 21000 Kg
2-10
2.2.2. Stability
WORK
CAUTION!
The machine must operate on plane and level ground with its mast upright and the crawler tracks
completely extended.
• The maximum working wheelbase between the axis of the fifth wheel axis and the drill rig axis is:
TYPE MAXIMUM WHEELBASE [mm]
Kelly bar length up to 4x9500: 3500

PDM
Friction type kelly bar length up to 5x11000: 3400
PDW 3400
CFA 3400
KELLY 3100
CAUTION!
It is compulsory to operate with the mast foot in contact with the ground without elevating the machine.
2-11
2.12 2.13 2.14
2.15 2.16
2-12
TRANSLATION UNDER WORKING CONDITIONS
CAUTION!
The rotary head must never be positioned on the upper element of the mast (fig. 2.16).
CAUTION!
The machine must operate on plane and level ground with its mast upright and the crawler tracks
completely extended.
• The upperstructure must not rotate during translation.
PERMITTED WEELBASE
TYPE CONDITIONS
[mm]
Kelly bar lenght - Empty bucket (up to 1600 kg)
up to 4x9500: up to 3500
PDM - No mass must be hung to the rope of the auxiliary winch
Friction type kelly bar
lenght up to 5x11000: up to 3400
- Empty bucket (up to 1300 kg)
- No mass must be hung to the rope of the auxiliary winch

2620 (minimum weelbase)
- Drive unit weight up to 1250 kg
PDW - Casing pipe weight up to 2000 kg
- Height of head from compensator up to 1 m (fig. 2.13)
up to 3400 - No pipe hung
- Empty bucket
- Tracks arranged longitudinally

up to 3400
- Tracks arranged transversally

CFA
- Tool weight up to 3200 kg
up to 3400
- Mast inclined backwards by not more than 5 degrees

from vertical (fig. 2.15)
KELLY up to 3100 - Empty grab
2-13
UPPERSTRUCTURE SLEWING
CAUTION!
CAUTION!
The machine must operate on plane and level ground with its mast upright (except for CFA version)
and the crawler completely extended.
• During the slewing of the upperstructure, oscillations of (possible) suspended loads are forbidden.
Such loads have to be maintained near earth.
PERMITTED
TYPE CONDITIONS
WHEELBASE [mm]
Kelly bar lenght
up to 4x9500: up to 3500
PDM
Friction type kelly bar length
up to 5x11000: up to 3400
- Maximum height of the rotary head as shown on figure

2.20
- Height of the bucket up to the compensator (fig. 2.14)
up to 3400 - No mass must be hung to the rope of the auxiliary winch
- No pipe hung
- Casing driver weight up to 1250 kg
- Bucket weight up to 4200 kg
- Maximum height of the rotary head as shown on figure
2.20
PDW - Height of bucket up to compensator (fig. 2.14)
up to 3400 - Casing pipe weight up to 2000 kg
- Empty bucket
- Height of rotary head from compensator up to 1 m
(fig. 2.13)
- No pipe hung
2620 (minimum wheelbase)
- Casing driver weight up to 1250 kg
- Bucket weight up to 4200 kg
- Load weight on auxiliary winch rope up to 6000 kg
- Mast outside the tracks
- Incline the mast backwards by not more than 16 degrees
up to 3400 from vertical (fig. 2.15)
CFA - No mass must be hung to the rope of the auxiliary winch
- Mast within the tracks
up to 3400 - Vertical mast
KELLY up to 3100
2-14
LIFTING LOAD WITH AUXILIARY WINCH
CAUTION!
PERMITTED WEELBASE
TYPE CONDITIONS
[mm]
Kelly bar length - Empty bucket
up to 4x9500: up to 3500
- Vertical auxiliary winch rope
Friction type kelly bar length
up to 5x11000: up to 3400
PDM
- Empty bucket
2620 (minimum wheelbase) - Incline the auxiliary winch rope by not more than 8
degrees from vertical
- Empty bucket
Up to 3400 - No pipe hung
- Vertical auxiliary winch rope
PDW
- Empty bucket
- No pipe hung
2620 (minimum wheelbase)
- Incline the auxiliary winch rope by not more than 7
Up to 3400 - Load weight up to 2000 kg
CFA - Load weight on auxiliary winch rope up to 6000 kg

2470 (minimum wheelbase) - Incline the auxiliary winch rope by not more than 5
2-15
TRAVEL WITH HORIZONTAL MAST
• The translation with horizontal mast can only be done when the following conditions are verified:
- plain and level ground

- kelly bars and rotary head have to be completely forward
- tracks arranged longitudinally
- parallelogram completely lowered.
LOWERING MAST
• The mast can only be lowered when the following conditions are verified:
- tracks arranged longitudinally

- rotary head and kelly bars completely lowered
- rotary head completely lowered and helix removed
ATTENTION!
To convert the machine to a different working mode, the electric limit switch of the parallelogram must
be adjusted to set the max wheelbase.
IMPORTANT!
If accessories must be applied or must be dial with different situation as those above mentioned is
necessary to consult Casagrande S.p.A. to verify the stability conditions.
2-16
2.3. Features of the main components
Engine
2.17
Manufacturer CUMMINS ENG. CO.

Type QSB 5.9 – Aftercooler
Power 160 kW (215 CV) at 2200 rpm
Motor cooling system Water circulation
Standards EPA/CARB – NRMM EC97/68 Phase 2
2-17
Rotary
35
Vgmin=52 cc
33
SPIN-OFF SPEED = 130 rpm
30
Vgmin = Minimum displacement setting on

main rotary head motors. (Speed III)
Vgint=87 cc Vgmax = Maximum displacement setting on

25
main rotary head motors. (Speed I)
24
Vgint = Intermediate displacement setting
on rotary head motors. (Speed II)
N.B. This choice can be set anywhere
between Vgmax and Vgmin.
20
RPM
Vgmax=160cc
16
15
10
Vgmin=52 cc
Vgint=87 cc
0
54 73 112 120
0 20 40 60 80 100
M (kNm)
2-18
Main winch
Driven by a fixed-displacement hydraulic motor, the main winch is dedicated to the hoisting of the kelly
bars; controlled type operation: a by-pass system allows the releasing of the rope during the drilling
phase, with operator-activation and safety device.
It is equipped with rope clamp.
IMPORTANT!
Winch with rope clamp.
Do not wind onto the drum a number of layers of rope which is greater than that indicated in the table;
otherwise the rope or the rope clamp may be damaged.
2.18
Manufacturer Casagrande
Nominal pulling capacity at first layer 135 kN
- at first layer: 67 m/min
Rope speed
- at second layer: 72 m/min
Rope diameter 24 mm
Maximum number of layers 2
Rope capacity on two layers 86 m
Brake Multiple discs, hydraulically operated
2-19
Free fall main winch option (Kelly arrangement)

Driven by a fixed-displacement hydraulic motor, the main winch is dedicated to the hoisting of the kelly
bars; free and controlled type operation; it is possible to release the drum completely.
IMPORTANT!
2.18
Manufacturer Zollern 6.25 KG

Rope speed
- at third layer: 93 m/min
Rope diameter 24 mm
Rope capacity on three layers 82 m
2-20
Auxiliary winch (not usable with Kelly)
Driven by a fixed-displacement hydraulic motor, the auxiliary winch is dedicated to services like the
positioning of containment pipes or the use of rope grabs and chisels; controlled type operation.
IMPORTANT!
Winch without rope clamp.
If the rope is not under tension it can be wound a number of layers greater than that indicated in the
table. The rope must always be contained within the sides of the drum and it must not interfere with the
other parts of the winch.
2.19
Manufacturer Casagrande
Rope speed
Rope diameter 16 mm
2-21
Free fall auxiliary winch option (not usable with kelly)
Driven by a fixed-displacement hydraulic motor, the auxiliary winch is dedicated to services like the
positioning of containment pipes or the use of rope grabs and chisels; free and controlled type
operation; it is possible to release the drum completely.
IMPORTANT!
2.19
Manufacturer Zollern 6.19

Rope speed
Rope diameter 16 mm
2-22
2.4. On-board plants
The on-board plants are two: the hydraulic plant, on which depend all machine movements, and the
electric plant, necessary to the control of all functions.
2.4.1. Hydraulic plant
To feed, by means of autonomous, selectable circuits, all aboard hydraulic

equipment (mainly power and control circuits):
FUNCTION
- Hydraulic motors
- Hydraulic cylinders
From a pump group powered by diesel engine and controlled by a set of
SUPPLY
proportional valves; all circuits are of the open type.
FLUID Hydraulic oil (for oil characteristics please refer to chapter 5)
TABLE OF PUMP ALLOWED CONTEMPORANEITY

Mode Functions Pumps P1 Pumps P2 Pumps P3
Main winch
1
Crowd
Rotary (at work)
2
Crowd
Rotary (working)
3
Main winch
Rotary
4 Crowd
Main winch
Grab
5
Winch
Upperstructure slewing always possible to actuate with crowd velocity limitation
Flexible hoses
Flexible hoses and their fittings as used by Casagrande Spa have been tested to assure compliance
with UNI ISO 6605 standard:
The flexible hoses used on this equipment respect the following specification:
- SAE 100 R1 AT
- SAE 100 R2 AT
- SAE 100 R13
- DIN 20023 – 4 SH
2-23
2.4.2. Electric plant
To feed all electric aboard equipment, mainly control and monitoring

Function
equipment
From couple of on-board batteries, charged by the generator of the

Supply
diesel engine
Voltage 24 V
2-24
2.5. Machine equipment
2.5.1. Hydraulic equipment

The equipment is equipped with the following hydraulic components; for the characteristics and
ordering data of the relevant spare part please refer to Volume 3 – SPARE PARTS and to the annexed
hydraulic diagrams:
COMPONENT QUANTITY
Hydraulic motor no.1 of the rotary (work) 1
Hydraulic motor no.2 of the rotary (unloading) 1
Main winch hydraulic motor 1
Auxiliary winch hydraulic motor 1
Upperstructure hydraulic motor 1
Track hydraulic motor 2
Mast inclination hydraulic cylinder 2
Parallelogram lifting hydraulic cylinder 1
Tracks opening hydraulic cylinder 2
Crowd hydraulic cylinder/winch 1
Proportional valves According to set-up and options
MAIN PUMPS P1 P2
Model Hydromatik A8V0 80
With axial pistons, variable displacement, SR
Type
regulator and power control
Flow rate 160 l/min
Maximum pressure 350 bar
P1 P2
Main winch 160 160
Available flow rates for the main functions in l/min
Auxiliary winch 160
Tracks 160 160
P1 P2
Rotary 160 160
Available flow rates for drilling equipment in l/min Fast crowd 160
Grab (kelly) – closing 160 160
Grab (kelly) – opening 160
AUXILIARY PUMP P3
Model Hydromatic A10V0 45
With axial pistons, variable displacement and
Type
“load sensing” regulation
Flow rate 99 l/min
Maximum pressure 300 bar
Services 40
Upperstructure slewing 65
Available flow rates for the auxiliary services in l/min
Crowd 65
Mast foot 65
2-25
HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATORS
Pressure Pre-charge quantity
Servocontrol circuits 1 Mpa 1.5 l
Rotary (joints insertion) 1.5 Mpa 1.5 l
2.5.2. Electrical equipment

The equipment is equipped with the following electric components; for the characteristics and ordering
data of the relevant spare part please refer to Volume 3 – SPARE PARTS and to the annexed electric
diagrams:
COMPONENT QUANTITY
Sensors According to set-up and options
Control and monitoring devices According to set-up and options
Accessories According to set-up and options
BATTERIES
Quantity 2
Voltage 12 V
Capacity 145 Ah
2.5.3. Safety equipment

The position of the safety devices is the following:
IN THE CABIN
2.20
Servocontrols
enabling/disabling
lever
General emergency
pushbutton
2-26
ON THE MACHINE
2.21
Winch rope limit

switch (rising)
Flashing lamp of running

machine
Winch rope limit switch

(descent)
Battery sectioner
Limit switch for the
max. extension of
the mast support
2-27
2-28
USER MANUAL (Volume 2 - Use and Maintenance) B125-V2-6-eng
3. Transport and start-up of the machine

Function of this chapter is to provide the information necessary for all the permitted activities connected
with the transport and start-up of the machine.
3.1. Foreword
For a safe operation, it is necessary that all personnel involved in transport and start-up activities is
properly informed and trained.
In particular, the following critical safety rules must be fully respected:
• All operators must wear the proper safety garments, as foreseen by the local applicable laws.
• Do not stay or pass under the rotary, and, with working machine, in the operation area.
• The area dedicated to preparation and movement of the machine shall be free of obstacles and
materials that can create danger conditions for people or things.
IMPORTANT!
All the operations that follow must be carried out on flat and compact ground. Track or tower travel is
permitted only when the mast is in a vertical or horizontal position (completely lowered).
IMPORTANT!
Before carrying out any mast lowering/raising movements, make sure that there are no obstructions
between the ground and the bars, the tools or the mast foot.
3-1
3.2. Preparation and loading of the machine
CAUTION!
During lowering of the mast, avoid moving the tool-rods group or the rotary (CFA).
Alternate slight lowering movements of the mast with slight tightenings of the rope (the amount
of rope unwound from the winch decrease during lowering of the mast).
CAUTION !
Do not operate the kelly bars when the mast is in horizontal position.
CAUTION!
During mast lowering, check that the rope-guide unit winch does not interfere with the rope of the main
winch.
3-2
3.2.1. Pile arrangement with crowd cylinder

The transport of the equipment Piling Rig on truck requires a special preparation of the machine, the
steps of which are hereafter described.
OPERATION
• The mast must be in a vertical position.

• Lower the rods A as far as the position indicated in the figure (ref. X).
• Lower rotary B to allow the attachment of the kelly bar blocking stirrup.
• Attach stirrup C.
3.1
A
1
C
Kelly bar length [mm] X [mm]
7500 ÷ 9500 0
11000 465
3-3
OPERATION
• Loosen the kelly bar handling cable.

2 • Lower completely the mast and the parallelogram.
To lower the parallelogram completely it is necessary to disconnect the safety limit switch (see
chap. 4 " Mast/kelly support (parallelogram) positioning ").
• Put in place the kelly bar rear locking device A.

3.2
• Extract the pin B. Rotate the upper mast, complete with jib, on its hinge C and block it on the
mast with the gudgeon D.
• Correctly position the cables.
3.3
4
D C
3-4
OPERATION
• Raise lightly the mast support, in order to avoid impacts during the run on the ramp.
3.4
5
• Run on the ramp slowly, avoiding sudden movements.
IMPORTANT!
Move the machine very carefully in the phase of transfer from the ramp to the platform, to avoid
oscillation and abrupt movements.
NOTE: Having reached the platform, to improve the stability of the machine, the mast support can
be lowered.
3.5
3-5
OPERATION
• Lower completely both mast and mast support.

• Position the machine on the platform in order to guarantee the best load distribution on the
axles of the car.
• Fix the upperstructure blocking device.
3.6
TRANSPORT DIMENSIONS
3.7
WEIGHT OF MACHINE IN TRANSPORT CONDITION: ∼ 35500 Kg.
Controlled main winch Free fall main winch

option 135 kN option 112 kN
H (mm) 3355 3555
3-6
3.2.2. Pile arrangement with crowd winch

OPERATION
• The mast must be in a vertical position.

• Lower the rods A as far as the position indicated in the figure (ref. X).
• Lower rotary B to allow the attachment of the kelly bar blocking stirrup.
• Attach stirrup C.
3.1
A
1
C
Kelly bar length [mm] X [mm]
7500 ÷ 9500 0
11000 465
3-7
OPERATION
2
IMPORTANT!
Before completely lowering the mast, it is necessary to release the hose stirrup and disconnect
the electric connector.

• Lower completely the mast and the parallelogram.
3.8
• Put in place the kelly bar rear locking device A.

3.2
3-8
OPERATION
• Block the rotary slide into position with stirrup.

• Loosen the crowd winch cables.
• Correctly position the cables.
3.3
4 D C
3.9
3-9
OPERATION
6
IMPORTANT!
be lowered.
3.10

axles of the car.
3.11
3-10
3.12
Controlled main winch Free fall main winch

option 135 kN option 112 kN
H (mm) 3355 3555
3-11
3.2.3. CFA arrangement

OPERATION
• Remove all the continuous flight auger elements.

• Lower the rotary A along the mast B so as to allow the attachment of the blocking stirrup C
(see ref. F, fig. 3.14).
3.13
3-12
OPERATION
• Connect the transport struts A to the front parallelogram struts B with the appropriate pins.
• Move the mast support (parallelogram) in order to connect the struts A to the mast base C with
the appropriate pins.
• Remove the fixing screws D from the base of the mast.
• Tilt the mast E partially backwards. Affix the rotary blocking stirrup F to the mast.
• Before completely lowering the mast, it’s necessary to place and to fix the guide ring G into the
completely open position.
3.14
D
B
C F
A G
3
IMPORTANT!
Before completely lowering the mast, it is necessary to release the hose stirrup and disconnect
the electric connector.

• Lower completely the mast and the parallelogram.
3.8
3-13
OPERATION
• Correctly position the cables and the jib tie rod.
3.3
D C
3.15
3-14
• Rise lightly the mast support, in order to avoid impacts during the run on the ramp.
3.16
6
IMPORTANT!
be lowered.
3.17
3-15
OPERATION

axles of the car.
3.18
3.19
3-16
3.2.4. Kelly arrangement

OPERATION
• Remove the grab

• Apply the support A to the mast.
3.20
3-17
OPERATION
• Bring the kelly bar guide to a horizontal position, without changing the relative position of the
kelly bars.
• Completely lower the parallelogram ensuring that the hose reels are correctly positioned in the
chassis. To lower the parallelogram completely it is necessary to disconnect the safety limit
switch (see chap. 4 " Mast/kelly support (parallelogram) positioning ").
• Attach the kelly bar anti-slip-off mechanism B.
• Remove the kelly bar extension if attached.
3.21
3.22
3-18
OPERATION
4
IMPORTANT!
be lowered.
3.23
axles of the car.
3.24
3-19
3.25
3.26
WEIGHT L. 3000 350 Kg.

WEIGHT L. 5000 500 Kg.
3-20
3.2 Unloading of the machine
CAUTION!
During raising of the mast, avoid moving the tool-rods group or the rotary (CFA). Constantly control the
tension of the rope in use to avoid damaging the equipment.
Alternate slight raising movements of the mast with slight tightenings of the rope (the amount of
rope unwound from the winch increases as the mast raises).
CAUTION!
During mast raising that the rope-guide unit winch does not interfere with the rope of the main winch.
• Once arrived to destination, the machine can be unloaded following backward the steps of the
previous paragraph.
3.3 Start–up of the machine
• The preparation of the machine to the utilization is obtained following backward the steps of the
paragraph 3.2 “ Preparation and loading of the machine ” and performing a suitable filling of the tank
with fuel, as described in the paragraph A of the chapter 5.4 “Occasional operations”.
3-21
3-22
4. Use
The function of this chapter is providing all the information necessary to the correct and efficient
utilization of the hydraulic piling rig. The machine has been expressly designed to simplify as much as
possible operator’s control, allowing to dedicate the whole attention to production operations and to the
safe management of the same.
Since the topic is of great importance, we remind, now, the definition of “proper use” of the machine:
The machine shall be used to execute cased or uncased bore-holes ONLY, using rotary drilling tools,
chisels and grabs (in pile or CFA arrangement) or for the realization of diaphragms using hydraulics
grabs (in kelly arrangement). The method of excavation and the tool to be used shall be chosen by the
user, according to the kind of soil.
4.1. Operator position
CAUTION!
All the control levers described in this chapter must be moved gradually from the 0 pos. (central-
neutral) to the working pos. (right-left or forward -backward) and vice-versa; if this is not respected
anomalous operations and/or damage can occur to the machine
IMPORTANT!
All commands must be transmitted by the operator from the driver seat.
Operations performed in positions other than the designated work position are strictly prohibited.
CAUTION!
During all the following operations the presence of persons on board the machine is strictly prohibited.
4.1
Posizione operatore
4-1
4.2. Notes
4.2.1. Drilling with telescopic rods
To perform this kind of drilling, the equipment must be set up in the "pile configuration".
In the lower part of the rod there is a square sectioned connection assembly where the tool must be
mounted.
CAUTION!
When setting up the machine check that:
- the weight (with tool) and the capacity of the drilling tool do not exceed the limits indicated in the
paragraph entitled "Stability" in Chapter 2;
- the weight and the type of rods used do not exceed the limits indicated in the paragraph entitled
"Stability" in Chapter 2;
- the electrical limit switch for the limitation of the working axle base is correctly adjusted for the setup
being used.
It is also necessary to check that the tool does not interfere with parts of the machine.
Before placing the tool near the place where the hole will be made, check that the terrain is level and
that it can hold up to the load produced by the equipment. A flat and properly prepared working
area makes using the machine easier and guarantees safety; it also makes it easier to center the
hole with the tool.
CAUTION!
The most common cause of the equipment overturning is the terrain giving way.
Stop excavating immediately if the terrain gives way, even slightly, (equipment tilts to one side) during
drilling.
Once the equipment has been brought to the excavation area it is possible to perform precision
positioning through upperstructure slewing and parallelogram movement.
CAUTION!
Never exceed the maximum working axle base (see Chapter 2, Para. "Stability"): the stability of the
equipment could be compromised.
CAUTION!
Once the equipment has been positioned, limit access to the machine's working area and ensure that
any assistants are always visible to the operator.
Before starting drilling, check the inclination of the mast and correct it if necessary to bring the mast
into a vertical position (it is possible to use the automatic verticality device if provided).
At this point it is possible to start drilling:
1. Check that the upperstructure slewing control is not in "floating" mode.
2. Lower the tool by use of the main winch. Stop the descent of the winch when the tool touches
the ground, to avoid excessive unwinding of the rope from the drum and the crossing of the
coils of the rope.
3. If blocking rods are being used bring the rotary (ascent or descent) to the position of a tooth
4. Start the rotation of the tool (for the speed settings see par. "Rotary operation")
4-2
5. Set the operation of the main winch to "floating" mode. In this way you will avoid excessive
unwinding of the rope from the drum and the crossing of the coils of the rope.
CAUTION!
Do not use the floating mode of the winch when the tool is raised off the ground and the winch is not a
"free fall" type.
6. It is possible to use the jack or the pull-down winch to increase the forward thrust of the tool
7. Stop the rotation of the tool when it is full.
8. If blocking rods are being used, before starting to raise the tool it is necessary to:
- raise the rotary with the jack or pull-down winch by about 30 cm, so as to free the rods
from the thrust applied during drilling;
- turn the rotary counter-clockwise for at least one full turn, so as to free the blocks between
the various rods.
CAUTION!
If the operations in point 8 are not performed, raising the tool may cause one of the middle elements of
the rod to raise, which then disconnects and falls, damaging itself and the other parts of the rod.
9. Fully extract the tool from the hole by raising it with the main winch.
10. Rotate the upperstructure to bring the tool into the unloading area.
11. The excavation material can be unloaded from the tool in the following ways, according to the
type of tool:
Open the bottom of the bucket by bringing the bucket control into contact with the appropriate flange of
the rotary.
If necessary perform brief up and down movements of the winch or alternating rotation of the rods in
both directions.
Use the HS function to "spin the material" when using augers.
CAUTION!
If the HS function for the rotary is used, the excavation material may be thrown quite a long distance.
To reduce the risks caused by this it is necessary to:
- place the tool as close as possible to the ground (never touch the ground);
- extend the safety zone, especially on the side of the machine where unloading is performed;
- keep the HS function active only for the time necessary to correctly empty the tool.
If it is difficult to unload the material, the tool being used is probably not suitable for the terrain or it
needs to be slightly modified.
In these cases by modifying or substituting the tool immediately, you will save time and avoid useless
overloading of the equipment.
12. Rotate the upperstructure so as to bring the tool in axis with the hole, and continue the
excavation following the operations from point 2 onwards.
4-3
4.2.2. Performing pipe drillings
The equipment can also be used for the fastening or extraction of lining pipes in the excavation. To
perform this operation the machine must be equipped with the appropriate drive unit (supplied on
request).
The diameter of the drive unit and the type of joint must be suitable for the pipe used.
Fastening takes place by connecting the section of pipe to the drive unit and advancing the rotary.
NOTE
There are no precise rules for estimating the maximum length of pipe that the equipment can extract,
because this depends on:
- the maximum extraction force that the equipment can exert;
- the weight of the column pipe;
- the characteristics of the terrain to be drilled;
- the friction between the terrain and the pipe.
CAUTION!
The weight of the pipes can compromise the stability of the equipment. Refer to the paragraph
"Stability" to check admissible lengths and weights of column pipes and the means of moving them.
When a section of the column pipe is completely fixed it is possible to disconnect the rotary from its
end, assemble the next section and continue fastening.
IMPORTANT!
When choosing the column pipes to be used, always check that the pipes or joints can rotate freely
without interfering with the mast or other parts of the machine.
CAUTION!
Once the fastening of the pipes has begun do not use upperstructure slewing, track movement,
parallelogram movement or mast inclination jacks to correct the verticality of the pipe: if the pipe is
already fixed for a length of more than 1 or 2 meters, no significant results will be obtained and the
equipment could be seriously damaged.
If the terrain does not hold up the weight of the pipe and there is the risk that it will slide into the hole, it
is necessary to use a blocking tie.
Extraction of the pipe takes place by following the reverse procedure. If the machine has a stabilizing
foot, lower it until it is in contact with the ground (without raising the machine) to support the weight
caused by the extraction of the tube.
4-4
4.2.3. Drilling with continuous flight auger (CFA)
To drill with a continuous flight auger, the equipment must be set up in "CFA configuration".
The auger must be mounted on the appropriate joint.
CAUTION!
In setting up the machine it is necessary to check that the weight of the continuous flight auger does
not exceed the limits indicated in the section covering stability of the equipment and that the electrical
limit switch for the limitation of the working axle base is correctly adjusted for the setup being used.
It is also necessary to check that the tool does not interfere with parts of the machine.
hole with the tool.
CAUTION!
The most common cause of drilling equipment overturning is the terrain giving way.
drilling.
positioning through upperstructure slewing and parallelogram movement (if present.
CAUTION!
Never exceed the maximum working axle base. Otherwise the stability of the equipment could be
compromised.
CAUTION!
Before starting drilling, check the inclination of the mast and correct it if necessary to bring the mast
into a vertical position (it is possible to use the automatic verticality device if provided). At this point
it is possible to start drilling:
1. Check that the upperstructure slewing control is not in floating mode.
2. Lower the stabilizing foot until it touches the ground (without raising the machine) to hold up
loads caused by drilling.
3. Bring the auger into contact with the terrain and start it turning.
4. Activate the main winch in "floating" mode to allow the advancement of the rotary/auger; in this
way you avoid excessive unwinding of the rope from the drum and the crossing of the coils of
the rope.
CAUTION!
Avoid that the auger screws into the terrain by stopping the advancement of the rotary frequently during
drilling. In this way the auger, rotating without advancing, "cuts" the terrain thus bringing it to the
surface.
4-5
5. Stop drilling when the rotary is about 50 cm from the lower limit of its travel. Turn the rotary
counter-clockwise to free it from the auger and to allow it to travel along the extension.
6. Raise the head as far as the upper part of the extension and continue drilling until reaching the
required depth.
7. Start injecting the cement and at the same time raise the rotary/auger
8. When the extension is completely out of the hole, turn the rotary slightly in a counter-clockwise
direction, to allow it to travel along the extension, lower the rotary to the lower limit of the
extension; turn it clockwise to attach it to the auger.
9. Continue injecting cement and raising the rotary/auger.
CAUTION!
During the cement injection phase the auger must be clean so as to avoid that excavation material falls
on the equipment and to avoid that with its weight it compromises the stability of the equipment.
The automatic cleaning devices which are available are:

- Rotating cleaner: normally best suited for large-diameter augers. This cleaner is always
connected to the auger and must be controlled in such a way that it always remains in the lower
part of the mast without however interfering with the lower stops.
- Star-shaped cleaner: normally this cleaner is best suited to cleaning small-diameter augers.
This type of cleaner is inserted (with the appropriate control) only during the ascent phase of
the tool; for efficient cleaning the tool must continue rotating (in the working direction) during
extraction.
CAUTION!
The star-shaped cleaner used must be suited to the diameter and lead of the auger used, consult
Casagrande S.p.A. for the choice of the star-shaped cleaner best suited to the auger used..
4.120
IMPORTANTE!
When the positioner and the stellar
scraper ring are applied at the
same time, the jaws of the
positioner must be mounted upside
down (as shown in the figure) so as
not to create interference between
the two applications.
10. Once the extraction is completed it is possible to reposition the equipment and start a new
drilling operation.
CAUTION!
Clean the cement duct, including the auger, after every pile poured or at the end of the working shift.
4-6
4.2.4. Use of the auxiliary winch (all setups)
CAUTION!
The auxiliary winch of the equipment must be used to lift accessory equipment used in the drilling
phase. It is absolutely forbidden to use this equipment for other kinds of lifting operations.
Respect the usage conditions for the auxiliary winch set forth in the paragraph "Conditions of stability"
so as not to compromise the stability of the equipment.
Always ensure that the weight of the accessories to be lifted does not exceed the maximum capacity of
the winch (consult the chapter "Technical characteristics").
4-7
4.2.5. Excavation with kelly
To perform this type of excavation the equipment must be set up in the "kelly configuration".
CAUTION!
In setting up the machine it is necessary to check that the electrical limiting switch for the limitation of
the range is correctly adjusted for the setup used.
It is also necessary to check that the tool does not interfere with the parts of the machine.
hole with the tool.
CAUTION!
The most common cause of the equipment overturning is the terrain giving way.
drilling.
positioning through upperstructure slewing and kelly arm movement.
CAUTION!
Never exceed the maximum working axle base; the stability of the equipment could be compromised.
CAUTION!
Before performing the excavation, check the inclination of the kelly and if necessary correct it to bring
the kelly to the vertical position
At this point it is possible to begin the excavation:
1. Lower the grab with the jaws open using the main winch.
Stop the descent of the grab when the jaws touch the ground, to avoid excessive unwinding of
the rope from the drum and the crossing of the coils of the rope.
2. Activate the hydraulic closing of the grab to excavate and to collect the excavation material.
According to the terrain characteristics it may be necessary to repeat the operation in order to
completely fill the grab.
3. Raise the grab until it comes completely out of the hole, using the main winch.
4. Rotate the upperstructure to bring the grab into the unloading zone.
5. Open the jaws and unload the excavation material.
6. Rotate the upperstructure to bring the grab in axis with the hole, and start excavating again
following the operations from point 1 onwards.
4-8
4.2.6. Cleaning of telescopic rods
CAUTION!
When the kelly bar are used on terrain that must be supported with bentonite or
polymeric materials, it is necessary to clean them so as to avoid the risk of seizure.
If the use of support material is only occasional, the cleaning of the kelly bar can be
performed as follows:
bring the kelly bar group to the ground
extract all internal elements for at least 2 m.
perform cleaning with high-pressure water
If support material is frequently used, it is advisable to make the perforations in

correspondence to the circular rivet joints located on the three sections at 120°
from each other, with a maximum diameter of 25 mm. The perforations must be
perfectly polished, with no cracks or possible unevenness in the working. The
perforations must be coaxial, so as to allow the insertion of the washing wand all
the way to the innermost rod, so that it can be washed.
IMPORTANT!
If washing perforations have been made, they must be inspected weekly to check
that they are not starting to break.
4-9
4.3. Signaling
Casagrande dedicated large efforts to the development of an operator cabin able to guarantee the best
visibility of the work area; in spite of this, because of its dimensions (and of the dimensions of this kind
of machine in general), the support from an assistant on ground remains strongly suggestible.
For this application, we recommend the technique of the manual visual signaling; this technique, simple
and reliable, forces the operator aboard to keep the visual contact with the assistant that, for obvious
reasons, often finds himself very close to the machine: the contribution to safety is evident.
We summarize, in these pages, the basic concepts of the technique:
OPERATION TO SIGNAL SIGNALING DESCRIPTION VISUAL DESCRIPTION
With forearm vertical forefinger

Hoist pointing up, move hand in small
horizontal circle.
With arm extended downward,

Lower forefinger pointing down, move
hand in small horizontal circles.
Arm extended, fingers closed,

Raise mast
thumb pointing upward
Arm extended, fingers closed,

Lower mast
thumb pointing downward.
4-10
Arm extended point with finger

Upperstructure slew
in direction of slew.
Arm extended, palm down, hold

Stop
position rigidly.
Arm extended, palm down,

Emergency stop
move hand rapidly right and left.
Stop everything Clamp hands in front of body.
Use both fists, in front of body,

making a circular motion about
Travel ((Both tracks)
each other, indicating direction
of travel; forward or backward.
Lock the track on side indicated

by raised fist. Travel opposite
track in direction indicated by
Travel (One track)
circular motion of other fist,
rotated vertically in front of
body.
4-11
Extend tracks (Telescopic Both fists in front of body with

system) thumbs pointing outward.
Both fists in front of body with

Retract tracks
thumbs pointing toward each
(Telescoping system)
other.
Arm extended forward, hand

Travel open and slightly raised, make
pushing motion in direction of
travel.
Tap fist on head; then use

Use main hoist
regular signals.
Use whip line Tap elbow with one hand; then

(Auxiliary hoist). use regular signals.
Use one hand to give any

Move slowly motion signal and place other
hand motionless over hand
giving the motion signal.
4-12
With arm extended thumb

Raise the boom and lower pointing up, flex fingers in and
the load out as long as load movement
is desired.
With arm extended, thumb

Lower the boom and lift the pointing down, flex fingers in
load and out as long as load
movement is desired.
One hand signal. One fist in

Extend boom
front of chest with thumb
(telescopic boom)
tapping chest.
One hand signal. One fist in

Retract boom
front of chest, thumbs pointing
(telescopic boom)
outward and heel of fist tapping
chest.
4-13
4.4. Commands and controls
This paragraph provides a complete description of all controls available to the operator aboard; their
positioning has been guided by deep ergonomic studies, in addition to the maximum simplification.
4-14
4.23
4-15
List of controls:
1 Engine monitoring instruments

2 Engine rev counter with hour meter
3 Diesel engine and hydraulic system alarm warning lights
4 Pressure gauges - pumps P1, P2 e P3 (crowd system)
5 Main winch / auxiliary winch selector
6 Warning light - main winch or auxiliary winch in floating/free mode
7 Engine throttle control selector
8 Engine ignition key
9 Floating/controlled winch key selector
10 Accelerator block selector (preset speed: 1500 rpm)
11 Main emergency pushbutton
12 Buzzer to signal the by-pass of the safety limit switches
13 Safety travel limit by-pass key
14 Control lever of the mast foot (with crowd winch or CFA)
15 Vibrator operating selector
16 Pliers vibrator operating selector
Independent or synchronized operating selector of the verticality cylinders
Control lever for the mast support (parallelogram) or kelly support
19 Kelly hose recovery reel control selector
20 Crawler track gauge control selector
21 Warning light - mast verticality or kelly support with respect to upperstructure plane
22 Cabin heater selector
23 Heater cock
24 Horn
25 Pedal / RH track motor lever
26 Pedal / LH track motor lever
27 (Pile and CFA arrangement) Main or auxiliary winch control / rotary joystick
(Kelly arrangement) Main or auxiliary winch control / ± 45°kelly rotation joystick
27.1 (CFA arrangement) Rotary second gear cut out (rotation with one pump)
27.1 (Pile arrangement) HS pushbutton
27.2 (Pile and CFA arrangement) Maximum rotary speed pushbutton
27.3 (Pile and CFA arrangement) Medium rotary speed pushbutton
(Pile and CFA arrangement) Minimum rotary speed pushbutton
(Pile and CFA arrangement) Displacement lock pushbutton for rotary engine
27.5 (Kelly arrangement) ± 45° Kelly rotation lock/release pushbutton
Free
Winch floating/free fall mode activation push button
27.8 (Pile and CFA arrangement) Medium rotary speed warning light
27.9 (Pile and CFA arrangement) Minimum rotary speed warning light
4-16
27.10 (Pile and CFA arrangement) Displacement release indicator for rotary engine
(CFA arrangement) Rotary operation indicator with one pump
(Kelly arrangement) ± 45° Kelly rotation indicator enabled
(Pile and CFA arrangement) Cylinder or winch crowd control/upperstructure slew joystick
28 (Kelly arrangement) Hydraulic grab and upperstructure slewing control joystick
28.1 Auger cleaner descent push-button
28.2 Auger cleaner ascent pushbutton
28.3 Free
28.4 Upperstructure float mode pushbutton
28.5 Free
28.6 Free
28.7 Upperstructure lock / release pushbutton
28.8 Upperstructure locked indicator
29 Winch floating/free pedal
30 Servo controls on/off lever
31 Right verticality cylinder control lever (mast or kelly support)
Left verticality cylinder control lever/synchronized lifting LH + RH (mast or kelly support)
33 Automatic mast verticality selector
34 Safety by-pass warning light on
35 Push button that decreases the minimum speed of the diesel engine (between 800 and 1000 rpm)
With push button 42 depressed, it permits reading of the previous malfunction code.
36 Push button that increases the minimum speed of the diesel engine (between 800 and 1000 rpm)
With push button 42 depressed, it permits reading of the next malfunction code.
37 Alarm - warning light (yellow):
- If it remains on it indicates a malfunction that does not seriously compromise the operation of
the engine
- if it flashes, with push button 42 depressed, it indicates the beginning or the end of the reading
of an engine malfunction code
38 Maintenance - warning light: engine maintenance required (oil and filter change, etc.)
39 Motor in warm-up phase indicator light
40 Stop engine - warning light (red):
- if it remains on it indicates a serious malfunction: stop the engine!
- if it flashes, with push button 42 depressed, it defines the numbers that compose the engine
malfunction codes
41 Mast control instrument
42 Push button for reading of engine malfunction codes
4-17
4.5. Operation
The following paragraphs have the function of completely describe the operative sequences for the
equipment, starting from a condition of machine placed on the site and properly prepared as described
at chapter 3 – TRANSPORT AND START-UP OF THE MACHINE.
The complete cycle has been subdivided in the following steps:
4.5.1 Start-up
4.5.2 Diesel engine control
4.5.3 Stabilizing the machine
4.5.4 Travel
4.5.5 Positioning of the drilling equipment
4.5.6 Upperstructure slew
4.5.7 Working
4.5.8 Stopping the machine
General safety rules

In addition to what described in volume 1 - SAFETY, we underline the following:
IMPORTANT:
• All commands must be transmitted by the operator from the driver seat. Operations performed
in positions other than the designated work position are strictly prohibited.
• During all the following operations the presence of persons on board the machine is strictly
prohibited.
• Before starting any operation the operator must check the full complying of machine and work
area to the foreseen safety rules (Volume 1 - SAFETY).
• In the event of any fault or malfunction being detected during these procedures, the operator
must push the emergency push button and call out the maintenance technician.
CAUTION!
All the control levers, described in this chapter, must be moved gradually from the 0 pos. (central-
neutral) to the working pos. (right-left or forwards-backwards) and vice-versa; if this is not respected
anomalous operations and/or damages can occur to the machine.
4-18
4.5.1. Startup
4.5.1.1. Start up of the machine
CAUTION!
• Exhaust fumes from diesel engines are noxious.
• Always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area, and if in an enclosed environment,

make certain that exhaust fumes are ducted to the exterior.
• When working in poorly illuminated surroundings, keep the cab interior light switched on so as to
maximize visibility and safety in operation of the controls.
• During the first 400 work hours, it is suggestible, for the longest life and best performance of the
engine, to avoid overloads: a good running-in will also limit to the minimum the lubricant
consumption.
IMPORTANT!
• Before the machine can be manoeuvred or perform any operations, the engine and the hydraulic oil
must be brought up to normal running temperature by running the engine for between 15 and 30
minutes (depending on ambient conditions), so as to ensure optimal response of the hydraulic
components.
• It is good policy during normal operation of the machine to keep a check on engine and
machine diagnostic functions (by means of instruments and indicators 1 and 2) so as to
forestall alarm conditions (pressure, temperature, fluid levels, etc.) wherever possible.
Controls
The controls involved in the start of the B100 are the following:
No. CONTROL DESCRIPTION STATUS FUNCTION

Indicators
4.24
A: Fuel level indicator

B: Battery charge indicator
1
C: Engine oil pressure indicator
D: Engine water temperature indicator
4-19

Indicator
4.25
Indicates speed of the engine and work

2 hours
ON/OFF
Warning lights
4.37 A: Thermal trip indicator
B: Alternator indicator
C: Coolant max. temperature warning
light
D: engine oil low pressure warning light
3
E: hydraulic oil min. level warning light
F: hydraulic oil max. temperature warning light
G: hydraulic oil filter blockage warning
light
Pressure indicators
4.26
Indicate the pressure of the pumps P1,

4 P2, e P3 (Crowd)
4-20

Key
4.27
8 Start of the engine
Mushroom pushbutton
4.28
Pushed Emergency stop activated
11
Clockwise
Emergency stop deactivated
turned
Selector with automatic return to central

position.
4.29 Central pos. Neutral
Central pos.
20 Right pos. Opening of the tracks
Left pos. Right pos.
Left pos. Closing of the tracks
Lever
4.30
Risen Servocontrols deactivated (OFF)
30
Lowered Servocontrols activated (ON)
4-21
Preliminary checks
Before starting up the machine, it is necessary to strictly comply with the following directions
• Make a thorough walk-around inspection of the machine, checking that there are not:
- fluid leaks;
- missing or damaged parts;
- All hydraulic and mechanical connections in slacking status;
- Guards or safety devices anomaly.
• Check the levels of:

- hydraulic oil;
- engine oil;
- coolants.
• Adjust the seat so that all manual and/or pedal controls can be operated with maximum comfort
and convenience.
4.33
A - Regulation of seat back inclination.

B - Regulation of seat height and inclination.
C - Horizontal seat runner (backward-
forward) with respect to side controls;
D - Regulation according to weight of
person;
A
E - Horizontal seat runner (backward-
forward) with lateral controls;
B
F - The left-hand control console can be
raised to ease the entry or exit of the
cabin by applying upward pressure C
D
E
F
4-22
Operation sequence
OPERATION ACTION ON / STATUS OF THE CONTROL
4.34
Make certain that the automatic return

mechanism functions correctly on levers:
14 - 18 - 27 - 28 - 31 - 32,
1 selectors:
9 -16 - 20 - 33
and pedals
25 - 26 - 29.
Make certain that selectors:
2 5 - 10 – 15 - 19
are set at the ”0” position (neutral)
4.35
Make certain that the main self-locking

emergency pushbutton:
3 11 is in the released position;
if not, reset by rotating clockwise
4.36
Make certain that servocontrol on/off lever
30 is in the raised position (OFF).

4
If not, the machine will not start.
4-23

4.38
Insert key
Pos. 1
5 8 in the slot and turn it to position 1
which supplies power to the electrical system
4.39
Check the instrument gauges
1
to ensure that the following parameter values
are correct:
6 - Engine coolant temperature;
- Engine oil pressure;
- Fuel level;
- Battery charge level.
Check that the beacon on the cab is

7 operating.
4.38
• Turn and hold to position 2 the key
until the engine starts.

Pos. 2
8
• Release the key as soon as the engine
starts.
IMPORTANT!
Do not operate the starter motor for more than
15 seconds continuously.
Should the engine fail to start, return key 8 to the ”0” position, wait for at least 1 minute to avoid
running down the battery, then repeat the steps 5, 6, 7 and 8.
4-24

4.40
Once the engine is running, perform full

diagnostic check of engine and machine
9 functions by observing the following indicators
and gauges 2, 3 and 4.
4.41
Before operating any machine function or

hydraulic service,
10
shift the servo controls on/off lever 30 to
the down position
4.42
Having completed the full start procedure,

make the machine stable by extending the
tracks to their full width, selector
11 20,
before any manoeuvring, positioning or travel.

Full description of the function is available in
the following paragraph.
4-25
4.5.1.2. Start-up of cabin heater (optional)

Selector
4.31 Pos. 0
Heater fan off
(Central)
22 Pos. I (LH) Heater fan - low speed
Pos. II (RH) Heater fan - high speed
Lever
4.32
Pos. open Opening of heating circuit
23
Pos. close Close of heating circuit

4.48
• Turn lever 23 to the Open Position

1
• Start the fan with selector 22 in Pos. I or II
4-26
4.5.2. Diesel engine control
4.5.2.1. Adjustment of speed of the diesel engine

4.43
The number of rounds of the diesel engine
can be adjusted or controlled in the following
ways:
- selector 7 adjusts the number of
founds of the engine
- selector 10 makes it possible (if set to
the right) to block the speed at a preset
value (about 1500 rpm) regardless of the
position of selector 7.
1
It can be used in operations that require
well defined speed and power, for
example for transport or movement.
- push buttons 35 and 36 make it

possible to set, operating by impulses, the
minimum speed of the engine between
about 800 and 1000 rpm
4-27
4.5.2.2. Reading of malfunction codes of the diesel engine
• The diesel engine can continuously control its operation by means of an electronic control
device. The engine also supplies a diagnosis of any malfunctions, indicating with a code the
causes of the malfunction. This makes it easier to find the malfunction and to take the
necessary maintenance action.

4.44
• The codes can be read by the operator

using indicator lights 37 and 40 and
push buttons 35, 36, 42, or by Cummins
technical assistance through the use of
a diagnostic instrument.
1
• The codes can be read if the instrument
board is on (live current) even when the
engine is operating (lighting of indicator
lights 37 and/or 40).
4.45
• When the engine is started, with key 8

turned to position 1 (instrument board
on), indicator lights 37, 38, 39, 40
switch on, and they switch off again in
sequence, one at a time.
2
• If one or more codes are activated,
alarm indicator light (!) 37, or stop
engine indicator light 40 or both, come
on, according to the type of code
activated. Pos. 2
4.46
• To recognize the malfunction code the
operator must:
- stop the engine;
- turn key 12 to position 1 (instrument
board on);
- press push button 42.
• The codes can be read if the instrument

3 board is on (live current) even when the
engine is operating (lighting of indicator
lights 37 and/or 40).
IMPORTANT!
Pos. 1
Do not release push button 42 until reading of
the malfunction code is finished.
4-28
• At this point, diagnostic indicator lights 37

and 40 emit a series of flashes.
EXAMPLE: If the active code is 244, the

lights flash in this way:
• Light 37 indicates the start and the end of

the display of the code. Light 40 (stop) MEANING WARNING LIGHTS
indicates, with the number of flashes,
each numeral in the code. START 37
2 40 40
• The flashing sequence of the indicator
4 lights continues cyclically as long as PAUSE
button 42 is pressed down. 4 40 40 40 40
To know whether other codes have been
activated it is necessary either to press PAUSE
push button 35 or 36 (always the same 4 40 40 40 40
one) and identify the new sequence of
flashes. END 37
• The reading of codes is finished when,

after having pressed either push button 35
or 36 (always the same one), the last
code read is the same as the first.
IMPORTANT!
Indicator lights 37and 40 switch off (automatically) when all the causes that keep them on have been
resolved (see engine malfunction codes table).
IMPORTANT!
All repair work done directly on the engine or by means of an electronic device during the warranty
period must be performed by Cummins technical assistance personnel.
Casagrande S.p.a. customer technical assistance is available for any other information that may be
necessary.
• Indicator light 38 remains on if the time limit programmed for maintenance of the diesel engine
has been exceeded (for example oil change, oil filter change, diesel fuel filter change, etc.).
4-29

NOTA: If indicator light 38 does not switch off 4.47
automatically after performing the required
maintenance, it is necessary to proceed as
follows:
- stop the motor;
- turn key 8 to position 1 (instrument panel
on);
- press push button 42;
- Bring selector 7 (accelerator) to the
5 maximum for 3 seconds and then bring it
back to the minimum;
- Bring selector 7 to the maximum and then
bring it back to the minimum (twice);
- Bring selector 7 (accelerator) to the Pos. 1
maximum for more than 3 seconds and
then bring it back to the minimum.
At this point indicator light 38 flashes 3 times
and then switches definitively off.
CAUTION!
Indicator light 38 (maintenance) must not be forcibly shut off before having performed all required
maintenance operations.
4.5.2.3. Engine malfunction codes table

• Annexed to this volume you can find the table that shows all the malfunction codes that can be
activated.
• The table shows, with a brief description, the cause that activated the code and its effect on the
operation of the engine.
If a code marked on the table with grey background colour is activated, red indicator light 40
comes on. The remaining codes make yellow indicator light 37 comes on.
IMPORTANT!
If indicator light 40 comes on (code with letter R activated), the operator must stop the motor. The
motor must only be restarted after the code has been deactivated.
4-30
QSB/QSC engine malfunction codes

Cause Effect
There may be no consequences, or else the motor
111 Error in control box hardware. may function irregularly or it may be impossible to
start it.
115 Position or speed signal of motor is not Reduction of power in engine (derating) or
detected (pin 17 of engine connector) possible emission of white smoke.
121 Position or speed signal of motor is not Missing speed and position of motor backup for
detected (pin 9 of engine connector) main motor speed/position sensor.
Excessive tension detected of turbo
122 Reduction of power in engine (derating) at non-
pressure sensor signal (pin 45 of engine
supercharging speed.
connector)
Insufficient tension detected of turbo
123 Reduction of power in engine (derating) at non-
pressure sensor signal (pin 45 of engine
supercharging speed.
connector)
The engine remains at idle if the pedal is released;
131 Excessive tension of accelerator position
if the accelerator is pressed the engine goes to a
signal (pin 30 of OEM connector)
preset speed.
The engine remains at idle if the pedal is released;
132 Insufficient tension detected of accelerator
if the accelerator is pressed the engine goes to a
position signal (pin 30 of OEM connector)
preset speed.
Excessive tension detected of remote
133 Engine speed can not be changed with remote
accelerator position signal (pin 9 of OEM
accelerator.
connector)
Insufficient tension detected of remote
134 Engine speed can not be changed with remote
accelerator position signal (pin 9 of OEM
accelerator.
connector)
135 Excessive tension detected in oil pressure The control box will use a default pressure value.
signal (pin 33 of engine connector) Engine protection for oil pressure is absent.
141 Insufficient tension detected in oil pressure The control box will use a default pressure value.
signal (pin 33 of engine connector) Engine protection for oil pressure is absent.
Oil pressure signal indicates that oil Possible reduction in engine power (derating) or
143 pressure is lower than engine protection shutdown of engine (if shutdown function has
minimum limit. been activated in control box programming).
Excessive tension detected in refrigerant Control box will use a default temperature value.
144 temperature signal (pin 23 of engine Engine protection for refrigerant temperature is
connector) absent.
Insufficient tension detected in refrigerant Control box will use a default temperature value.
145 temperature signal (pin 23 of engine Engine protection for refrigerant temperature is
connector) absent.
Refrigerant temperature signal indicates Possible reduction in engine power (derating) or
146 that minimum engine protection limit has shutdown of engine (if shutdown function has
been reached been activated in control box programming).
Signal frequency detected which is less
147 Engine does not respond to frequency variations.
than calibrated value (pin 4 of engine
Engine runs at idle.
connector).
Signal frequency detected which is greater
148 Engine does not respond to frequency variations.
than calibrated value (pin 4 of engine
Engine runs at idle.
connector).
Refrigerant temperature signal indicates Possible reduction in engine power (derating) or
151 that maximum engine protection limit has shutdown of engine (if shutdown function has
been reached. been activated in control box programming).
4-31
Excessive tension detected of suction Control box will use a default temperature value.
153 manifold temperature signal (pin 34 of Engine protection for suction manifold
engine connector). temperature is absent.
Insufficient tension detected of suction Control box will use a default temperature value.
154 manifold temperature signal (pin 34 of Engine protection for suction manifold
engine connector). temperature is absent.
Suction manifold temperature signal Possible reduction in engine power (derating) or
155 indicates that temperature exceeds shutdown of engine (if shutdown function has
maximum engine protection temperature. been activated in control box programming).
191 Air conditioning clutch activation signal

It will not be possible to activate air conditioning.
indicates a short circuit when it is activated.
211 Specific OEM failure code has occurred. No effect on engine performance.
Excessive speed signal indicates that Supply of fuel to injectors is interrupted until
234 maximum allowable speed of engine has engine speed is lower than the maximum
been exceeded. allowable.
Possible reduction in engine power (derating) or
235 Refrigerant level indicator indicates that
shutdown of engine (if shutdown function has
level is low. (pin 37 of engine connector)
been activated in control box programming).
241 No vehicle speed signal received (pins 8 e Engine speed limited to "Maximum speed without
18 of OEM connector). vehicle speed sensor".
Vehicle speed signal is not valid or is not
242 properly indicated (pins 8 and 18 of OEM Engine speed limited to "Maximum speed without
connector). Indicates connections or vehicle speed sensor".
tampering.
Error detected in relay of engine brake
243 enabling circuit (pin 42 of engine Engine brake does not work.
connector).
Error detected in relay of fan clutch
245 Engine control box does not control cooling fan.
enabling circuit (pin 31 of engine
Fan will remain either on or off.
connector).
VP44 pump control module indicates that
261 fuel temperature has exceeded maximum Reduction of power in engine (derating).
temperature limit.
Excessive tension detected of fuel
263 Use of default value for fuel temperature. Possible
temperature signal (pin 35 of engine
power reduction.
connector).
Excessive or insufficient tension detected of
temperature of fuel in VP44 pump control
power reduction.
module.
Insufficient tension detected of fuel
temperature signal (pin 35 of engine
power reduction.
connector).
Insufficient or lack of current detected for
271 front pumping adjustment valve. (pin 21 of
Reduced power or poor performance.
engine connector). Set only during
adjustment valve activation test.
Excessive current detected for front
272 Reduced power or poor performance. Possible
pumping adjustment valve. (pin 21 of
damage to engine control box.
engine connector).
Insufficient or lack of current detected for
273 rear pumping adjustment valve. (pin 15 of
4-32
Excessive current detected for front

274 Reduced power or poor performance. Possible
pumping adjustment valve (pin 15 of engine
damage to engine control box.
connector).
275 Engine control box has detected a failure in

front pumping element.
Excessive current detected for injection Injection adjustment valve is disengaged and
276 adjustment valve (pin 7 of engine engine does not operate. Possible damage to
connector). engine control box.
277 Engine control box has detected a failure in

Reduced power. Engine can not operate.
injection adjustment valve.
Possible reduction in engine power, engine
278 Error detected in supply pump circuit (pin
shutdown. Engine may run rough or be difficult to
11 of engine connector).
start.
Insufficient or complete absence of current
279 for injection adjustment valve (pin 7 of
Reduced power. Engine can not operate.
281 Engine control box has detected a failure in There may be no effect or there may a reduction
front pumping element. in engine power (derating).
282 Engine control box has detected a failure in There may be no effect or there may a reduction
rear pumping element. in engine power (derating).
Excessive tension detected of position or Control box uses VP44 pump speed signal as
283 speed signal of motor (pin 8 of engine backup. Possible emission of white smoke and
connector). loss of power.
Insufficient tension detected of position or Control box uses VP44 pump speed signal as
284 speed signal of motor (pin 8 of engine backup. Possible emission of white smoke and
connector). loss of power.
287 Electronic control unit of vehicle has

Engine runs only at idle.
detected a failure in accelerator pedal.
288 Electronic control unit of vehicle has Engine speed can not be changed with remote
detected a failure in remote accelerator. accelerator.
297 Excessive tension in OEM pressure signal Default value for OEM pressure. Loss of control of
OEM (pin 48 of OEM connector). OEM pressure.
298 Insufficient tension detected of OEM Default value for OEM pressure. Loss of control of
pressure signal (pin 48 of OEM connector). OEM pressure.
Power supply to internal clock has been
319 Time values in control box will no longer be
interrupted and its settings are no longer
reliable.
valid.
Engine control box has detected an over-
329 Reduction of power in engine. Possible shutdown
pumping failure in the Cummins
of engine.
accumulator pump system.
349 Speed signal of auxiliary apparatus Engine idles. Loss of control of auxiliary apparatus
exceeds set limit (pins 8 e 18). speed.
Default value is used for sensors connected to this
Insufficient power supply tension of engine power supply. Engine power is reduced to non-
352 position sensor. (pin 10 of engine supercharge speed. Engine protection is absent
connector). for insufficient oil pressure, for suction manifold
pressure and for ambient pressure.
361 Excessive current detected for VP44 pump Supply of fuel to injectors is interrupted; engine
control valve. shuts down.
362 Insufficient or lack of tension detected for Loss of engine power. Possible shutdown of
VP44 pump control valve. engine.
4-33
363 The VP44 pump controller does not detect

Loss of engine power.
any movement of the fuel control valve.
Detection of invalid output of data transfer
364 Engine operates at steady speed when pedal is
of lack of communication between pump
pressed.
controller and engine control box.
365 Insufficient tension detected in VP44 pump Loss of engine power. Possible shutdown of
controller supply circuit. engine.
Tension of battery which supplies VP44
366 Loss of engine power. Possible shutdown of
pump controller is outside range between 6
engine.
and 24 VDC.
367 Lack of speed/position signal of VP44
Lack of fuel to injectors. Shutdown of engine.
pump.
368 VP44 pump does not run with timing as

Substantial loss of engine power.
requested by control box.
VP44 pump controller does not detect
369 Substantial loss of engine power and possible
engine position impulses (pin 7 of engine
emission of white smoke.
connector).
VP44 pump controller detects constant
If communication between pump controller and
tension to minimum selection pin 16
372 engine control box is interrupted, the engine
(engine connector) or controller detects
operates at a speed slightly above idle regardless
open or short ground circuit on minimum
of accelerator position.
selection pin 16 (engine connector).
Excessive tension detected of VP44 pump
373 electrostop signal (pin 6 of engine Lack of fuel to injectors. Shutdown of engine.
connector).
374 VP44 pump controller has revealed an
Loss of power or shutdown of engine.
internal error.
Control box is adjusting fuel dosage and
375 There may be no effect or there may be a loss of
timing values but pump controller does not
engine power.
acquire data.
376 No calibration of VP44 pump controller. Lack of fuel to injectors. Shutdown of engine.
Pump controller does not switch off even
377 Batteries discharge if machine is left standing for a
after having removed starting key form
long period.
engine control box.
Error detected in relay 1 engagement circuit Pre-heating element cannot be energized by
381 of air pre-heating (pin 41 of OEM control box. Possible emission of white smoke and
connector). difficulty in starting.
Error detected in relay 2 engagement circuit Pre-heating element cannot be energized by
382 of air pre-heating (pin 31 of OEM control box. Possible emission of white smoke and
connector). difficulty in starting.
385 Excessive supply tension detected (pin 10

Sensors connected to this supply do not work.
of OEM connector).
Default value is used for sensors connected to this
Excessive supply tension detected of power supply. Engine power is reduced to non-
386 engine position sensor (pin 10 of engine supercharge speed. Engine protection is absent
connector). for insufficient oil pressure, for suction manifold
pressure and for ambient pressure.
Excessive supply tension detected of Engine will continue to idle when pedal is
387 accelerator position sensor (pin 10 of released; engine will maintain a steady speed
engine connector). when accelerator is pressed.
Error detected in engagement circuit of
391 There may be no effect on engine performance.
VP44 pump power supply relay (pin 43 of
The engine may not function.
engine connector).
4-34
Reduction of speed and shutdown of engine (if

415 Oil pressure signal indicates that pressure
shutdown function has been activated in control
is below engine protection lower limit.
box programming).
418 "Water in fuel" sensor indicates that it is Excessive quantities of water in fuel may seriously
necessary to purge filter. damage injection system.
Tension detected simultaneously high and
422 low refrigerant level pins 27 and 37 (engine
Low refrigerant level protection is absent.
connector), or no tension is detected on
either pin.
Insufficient tension detected of "water in
429 fuel" sensor signal (pin 40 of OEM Water in fuel protection is absent.
connector).
Idle validation signals indicate that tension
431 No effect on engine performance. Idle signal
has been simultaneously on both pins 25
absent.
and 26 (OEM connector) (open circuit).
Idle validation signal on pin 26 indicates

432 that accelerator is at minimum while signal
Engine only runs at idle.
on pin 30 indicates that accelerator is not at
minimum and vice-versa. (OEM connector).
Turbo pressure signal indicates that
433 pressure is high while other parameters Possible excessive dosage of fuel during
(e.g. speed and charge) indicate that the acceleration. Increased emission of black smoke.
pressure should be insufficient.
Power supply of control box has gone
below 6 Vdc for a fraction of a second or
No noticeable loss of power. Possible shutdown or
434 power box was not able to shut down
difficulty in starting engine. Error, maintenance
correctly (maintain power supply to battery
and time information may not be accurate.
for at least 30 seconds after shutting down
engine).
Power supply tension to control box of less
441 Possible shutdown or irregular operation of
than 6 Vdc detected (pins 38, 39 and 40 of
engine.
engine connector).
Power supply tension of control box

442 detected higher than system limit value. No effect on engine performance.
(pins 38, 39 and 40 of engine connector).
Insufficient power supply tension detected Engine will continue to idle when pedal is
443 of pedal position sensor. (pin 29 of OEM released; engine will maintain a steady speed
connector). when accelerator is pressed.
444 Insufficient power supply tension (pin 10 of

Sensors connected to this supply do not work.
OEM connector).
Fuel pressure signal indicates that fuel Fuel pumping stops and starts again only when
449 pressure has exceeded maximum limit pressure drops to normal values. Possible
established for type of engine installed. damage to supply pump.
451 Excessive tension detected of fuel pressure

Reduced power and performance.
sensor signal (pin 46 of engine connector).
452 Excessive tension detected of fuel pressure

Reduced power and performance.
sensor signal (pin 46 of engine connector).
Suction manifold temperature signal Possible reduction in engine power (derating) or

488 indicates temperature above minimum limit shutdown of engine (if shutdown function has
of engine protection. been activated in control box programming).
4-35
Auxiliary device speed signal exceeds

489 engine control box threshold (pins 8 e 18 of Loss of control of auxiliary apparatus speed.
OEM connector).
Excessive supply tension detected of
515 refrigerant level sensor (pin 49 of engine Refrigerant level engine protection absent.
connector).
Insufficient supply tension detected of
516 refrigerant level sensor (pin 49 of engine Refrigerant level engine protection absent.
connector).
517 VP44 pump controller detects a fuel dosage

Possible shutdown of engine.
valve which is mechanically blocked.
524 An error for the "High Speed Governor The operator cannot use the H.S.G.Droop
Droop" selection switch has been detected. alternatives. Standard droop is used.
An error in Dual Output Driver "A" circuit
527 The apparatus controlled by Dual Output Driver
has been detected (pin 5 of OEM
"A" will not operate correctly.
connector).
528 An error has been identified for selection of Operator will not be able to select alternative
torque curve (pin 39 of OEM connector). torque curves. Normal curve will be used.
An error in Dual Output Driver "B" circuit
529 The apparatus controlled by Dual Output Driver
has been detected (pin 21 of OEM
"B" will not operate correctly.
connector).
539 Interrupted circuit of injection control valve Reduced power. Possible damage to engine
(pin 6 of engine connector). control box.
Idle validation signals indicate that no
551 tension has been detected simultaneously Engine remains at idle.
on both pins 25 and 26 of OEM connector.
In specific calibration for customer in dual
599 output option, the need to shut down the
Engine shutdown.
engine was discovered, based on sensor
measurements or OEM signals.
Control box has discovered that engine is
611 shutting down for protection or has been No effect.
shut down under load.
768 Error detected in transmission modulation

It is not possible to control transmission.
signal (pin 21 of OEM connector).
4-36
4.5.3. Stabilizing the machine

To make the machine stable and safe for the type of equipment installed and the type of work to be
performed, two steps are required:
• Extension of tracks to full width;

• Stabilization of mast (mast heel) CFA (or crowd winch).
CAUTION!
• Before any of the stabilization functions are activated, the operator and assistant must make
certain visually and/or vocally that there are no objects or persons stationed near the machine.
• The tracks are extended to their full width immediately after unloading the machine from the transport vehicle.
• Do not position the upperstructure, the mast or accessories with the mast in a vertical position until
the crawlers have been set at maximum track-width. To perform this operation, move the crawler,
allowing an easy extension of the tracks.
IMPORTANT!
• The two steps in question are carried out at particular and specific moments in the context of the
various operations performed on and by the machine.
• The mast is stabilized after both it and the upperstructure have been positioned, in readiness for
normal working operations, and in particular before commencing extraction (continuous flight auger
CFA or crowd winch).
4-37
Controls
The controls involved in the start of the machine are the following:

Lever returns automatically to central
position Forward Stabilizer down
4.49
Forward pos
14 Central Neutral
Central pos
Backward pos
Backward Stabilizer up
Selector returns automatically to central

position Central Neutral
4.29
20 Right Extend
Left Retract
Preliminary checks
None
4-38
Operation sequence
4.5.3.1. Extending and retracting the crawler tracks

WARNING!
Before extending or retracting the crawlers using the selector 20, always set selector 5 (winch
selection) into position “0”.
4.50
Position the machine on firm ground,
preferably concrete or macadam, so as to
1 reduce the friction between the tracks and the
surface to a minimum during extension.
Position selector
20 to the left or right.

2
The extend facility is also used when removing the track from the undercarriage.
The retract facility is also used when fitting the track to the undercarriage.
4.5.3.2. Stabilizing the mast (CFA option with crowd winch)

CAUTION!
The use of the mast foot during the extraction phase (CFA arrangement or pile arrangement with crowd
winch) is compulsory.
Otherwise the structure of the machine will be damaged and its stability jeopardized.

Make certain that the ground onto which the 4.57
1 foot descends is flat and firm.
Hold lever
14 (Forward)
only until the stabilizer foot makes contact with

2 the ground, without elevating the machine.
4-39
4.5.4. Travel
WARNING!
• Make certain of full compliance with all directions given in VOLUME 1 SAFETY relative to
maneuvering the machine.
• The tracks movement function is always active (by moving the levers or pedals) when the on/off
servocontrol lever is lowered.
• Pressing emergency button 11 stops the diesel engine immediately irrespective of its speed,
without affecting the machine diagnostic and check functions.
• Before any movement of the machine, or in case of incipient danger, the operator shall use the horn 24 to
warn people in the working area.
IMPORTANT!
• Do not move the machine before the complete rising of the stabilizer foot from ground. Facilities to
interlock the maneuvers are not foreseen.
• The speed of rotation of the tracks is proportional:
- to the travel of the pedals 25 and 26 in either direction (from Pos. “0” to “1” or from Pos “0” to “2”)
- to the speed of the diesel engine
Controls
The controls involved in moving the equipment are the following:

Selector
4.58
This selector is used to throttle the

engine between maximum and
7 minimum rpm and maintain it at a
selected speed of rotation.
Selector
4.59
Engine speed can be adjusted with
LH Pos.
selector 7.
10
Engine speed is blocked at a preset
RH Pos. value (approx. (circa 1500 [g/min])
regardless of the position of selector 7.
4-40

Lever returns automatically to ”0”
position Pos. “0” Neutral (automatic return)
4.60
25 Pos. “1” Forward

26
Pos. “2” Reverse
Pushbutton
4.61
28.7 Pushed Locks the slew of the upperstructure
Warning light.
4.62
Indicates that the upperstructure is

ON
locked
28.8

OFF
unlocked
4-41
Preliminary checks
4.63
To ensure safety,
press pushbutton 28.7
to immobilize the upperstructure, and check that

indicator
28.8 is effectively illuminated.
When operating with mast tilt and gradient conditions near to the permissible limit, or on uneven
ground, the mechanical upperstructure lock should also be engaged.
Operation sequence
4.5.4.1. Forward drive

4.64
Shift pedals/levers
25 and 26 simultaneously to position 1.
4-42
4.5.4.2. Backward drive

4.65
Shift pedals/levers
25 and 26 simultaneously to position 2.
4.5.4.3. Stop

4.66
Release pedals/levers
25 and 26 simultaneously.
The levers/pedals automatically return to Pos. 0
4.5.4.4. Pivot on the spot (rh)
4.67
Shift simultaneously pedal/lever
26 to Pos. 1
and pedal 1
25 to Pos. 2 2
4-43
4.5.4.5. Pivot on the spot (lh)
4.68
Shift simultaneously pedal/lever
26 to Pos. 2
and pedal
1
25 to Pos. 1
2
4.5.4.6. Steer right with one track

4.69
Shift pedal/lever
26 to Pos. 1 1
4-44
4.5.4.7. Steer left with one track
4.70
Shift pedal/lever
25 to Pos. 1 1
4-45
4.5.5. Positioning of the drilling equipment
WARNING!
• Check that all safety rules regarding moving included in VOLUME 1 - SAFETY are
completely respected.
• Before commencing any maneuver, or indeed in any potentially dangerous situation, the operator
must sound the horn 20 to warn persons in the immediate vicinity of the machine. Do not attempt to
erect or position the mast without first making certain that the tracks are extended to their full width.
• Ensure there are no obstructions located within the operating compass of the machine: typically,
overhead electrical lines or underground pipelines.
Any decision on restricting access to the work area is the responsibility of the site foreman, who must
assess the degree of hazard according to the different positions assumed by the mast when normal
working, manoeuvring or erecting operations are in progress.
IMPORTANT!
It is possible to carry out the lowering of the mast support when the whole mast is positioned
completely over the cabin, and the rotary at the lower end of the stroke:
4.71
Controls
The controls involved in positioning are the following:

Buzzer.
4.72 The safety limit switches are
activated
deactivated.
12
deactivated The safety limit switches are activated
4-46

Key selector with two stable positions.
4.73 Limit switches (mast support lower limit,
Left pos. winches upper limit, crowd winch lower
limit) operating
13
Limit switches inoperative

Right pos.
(indicated by buzzer 12 turning on.)
Lever returns automatically to ”0”

position
Forward Down (mast/kelly support)
4.74
Central Neutral
18
Backward Up (mast/kelly support)
Selector
4.75 Mast/kelly tilt independent cylinder
L/R
control (lever 31-32)
17
Mast/kelly tilt synchronized cylinder
L+R
control with lever 32.
Warninig light
4.76
Signals that the mast/kelly are aligned

21 ON
with the axis of the machine
4-47

Lever returns automatically to ”O”
position Forward Left tilt of the mast/kelly (adjustment)
4.77
31 Central Neutral
Backward Right tilt of the mast/kelly (adjustment)
Lever returns automatically to ”O”

position Forward Right tilt of the mast/kelly (adjustment)
4.78
32 Central Neutral
Backward Left tilt of the mast/kelly (adjustment)
(*) With the automatic verticality device the levers are not operated.
Preliminary checks
Before starting the operation, the operator must check that:
• The opening of the tracks is maximum.

• The counterweight is properly installed.
4-48
Operation sequence
4.5.5.1. Mast/kelly support (parallelogram) positioning

4.79
• Bring the lever
18
to the Forward position to lower, and to the

Backward position to rise the mast/kelly
support
• The lower stop of the parallelogram mast/kelly

support may be by-passed if necessary during
assembly/disassembly and maintenance by 4.80
means of selector
13 (Right pos.)
(the buzzer 12 sounds and the warning light 34

is on, up to the reactivation of the limit switch).
Great care must be taken to not jeopardize
machine stability.
IMPORTANT!
As well as by-passing the lower limit of the
mast/kelly support, key selector 13 also by-passes:
- the superior limit of the main winch and auxiliary
(if necessary during the kelly bars installation
phase);
- the lower/upper limit of the crowd winch. (if
installed).
IMPORTANT!
It is possible to carry out the raising/lowering operations of the mast/kelly only when the entire
mast/kelly is situated above the cab (parallelogram raised).
4.71
4-49
4.5.5.2. Mast/kelly front inclination (with electronic device)

4.81
• Turn and maintain the selector 33 to RIGHT
position until the X and Y axes on the display of
the electronic device 41 are fixed (i.e. they stop
flashing).
NOTE:
Automatic mast verticality adjustment is possible if
the mast is within a field of ± 4 degrees (7%)
compared to absolute verticality.
NOTE:
The selection time for automatic mast verticality
adjustment expires after a maximum of 1 minute. If
necessary, reset the selection (selector 33
maintained in the right-hand position).
NOTE:
If the machine is not equipped with the instrument shown in figure, see the annexed documentation
(V1-V2-V5).
4-50
4.5.5.3. Mast/kelly front inclination

44.82
Commutate the selector 17 into L+R position.

If the warning light 21 is on, the mast is positioned
on the longitudinal axis of the machine.
These conditions, by means of lever 32, allow the
lifting (forward) and lowering (backward) of the
mast/kelly.
If the warning light 21 is off, the lever 32 is off too; it
shall be necessary to commutate the selector 17
into L/R position and, by means of lever 31 or 32,
to reset the mast on the longitudinal axis of the
machine (warning light 21 on).
The verticality of the mast during operation can be
read on the V1 instrument (optional).
NOTE
The side tilt of the mast is limited first by a rotation sensor switches and then by some mechanical
stops. When the rotation sensor is operating, the lever which is effecting the maneuver will lock.
Jack synchronism operation is not guaranteed for temperatures lower than 0°C: in this case
constantly check the mast inclination during raising/lowering.
4-51
4.5.6. Upperstructure slew
WARNING!
It is prohibited to slew the upperstructure with the mast/kelly in an other than vertical position.
With the CFA version, and only when necessary, it is allowable to slew the upperstructure by tipping the
mast backwards 16° and positioning the mast support all the way towards the front to avoid
interference between the mast base and the crawler.
WARNING!
The upperstructure must never be slewed during maneuvering operations or when the machine is on a
gradient.
IMPORTANT!
Never attempt to slew the upperstructure or roll the tracks unless the mast stabilizer has been fully
raised.
There is no device designed to inhibit these movements automatically.
Controls
The controls involved in upperstructure slewing are the following:

Lever returns automatically to Central
position
4.83 Central Neutral
28 Left Slew left
Right Slew right
Pushbutton
4.84
The upperstructure is free to slew,

28.4 Pushed independently of the position of the
lever 28.
4-52

Pushbutton
4.85 (z)Pushed
Warning The upperstructure is locked. Any
light 28.8 slewing is allowed.
on
28.7
(z)Pushed
The upperstructure is locked. The
Warning
slewing is possible by operating the
light 28.8
lever 28 (automatic brake release)
off
( z) While starting the machine, the push button has to be positioned on the same function fixed at
the machine stopping.
Warning lamp.
4.62
ON
locked
28.8

OFF
unlocked
NOTE:
In this operating situation, joystick 28 can be used to release the brakes automatically and
simultaneously activate the upperstructure slewing motors.
The slewing speed of the upperstructure is variable from zero rpm to a given maximum (see
TECHNICAL DATA) in proportion to the travel of joystick 28 from the Central position to LH or RH
position and vice-versa, and/or to the engine rpm.
Preliminary checks
Before generating any movement of the upperstructure, make certain:
• that the tracks are spread to their maximum extension width;

• that work has been terminated and that the equipment is no longer connected to the pile casing;
• that there are no obstructions in the path of the upperstructure (through 360°) and the associated
equipment);
• that the mast heel is fully elevated (if on issue).
• that the mechanical device locking the upperstructure to the undercarriage has been released;
4-53
Operation sequence
There are two control options for the activation of the upperstructure slew drive by the operator.
These are: “manual” and “float”.
4.5.6.1. Upperstructure slew in manual mode
4.86
• The
28.8 warning light must be off
• Shift joystick
28 to the left or right
to slew the upperstructure right or left.
4.5.6.2. Upperstructure slew in floating mode

The
4.87
28.8 warning light must be off.
Press button
28.4
on the joystick 28 and hold for as long as

necessary.
In this condition the upperstructure can be slewed
irrespective of the position of the joystick.
NOTE
This facility can be used advantageously, for example, to align the upperstructure with the hoist axis
when picking up a load (and then inhibit rotation), so that the weight will not sway hazardously when
lifted off the ground.
4-54
4.5.7. Working
CAUTION!
• Before commencing any kind of work, the operator must make absolutely certain that both the
machine and the work area are in compliance with the pertinent safety regulations (VOL.1 SAFETY).
• If any fault or malfunction is noticed during the work that could signal a likely hazard, the operator
must depress the main emergency button 11 (see inside the folder at page 4.9) inhibit operation of
the machine.
CAUTION!
Do not activate the crawlers and/or upperstructure slew during the boring phase or with the boring
equipment inserted in the excavation.
Operation sequence
4.5.7.1. Winches
• There are two winches:

- REAR (main) winch for supporting the tool while boring or extraction is in progress; it operates in
the controlled, floating or free fall mode. The floating mode consists in the insertion of a by-pass in
the hydraulic circuit of the winch to keep the rope loose during boring.
CAUTION!
The by-pass can only be used when the load (tool) is resting on a support, thus allowing the rope to
unwind without damaging itself.
It is absolutely prohibited to use it in the free-fall mode.
- FRONT (auxiliary) winch, generally utilised for hoisting accessories and equipment for the boring
operation; it operates in the controlled or free fall mode (optional).
4-55
Controls
The controls involved in the working phase are the following:

Selector with manual return to “0”
4.88 “0” pos. Neutral
5 “I” pos. Auxiliary front winch
“II” pos. Main rear winch
Lever with automatically returns to

central position. Forward Down
4.83
27 Centre Neutral
Backward Up
Push button
4.85
Activate the floating/free mode of the

27.7 Pushed
selected winch
Warning light
4.89 ON Floating or free fall mode selected
OFF Floating or free fall mode not selected
4-56

Key-operated selector switch with 1
stable position (LH) and one position
that automatically returns to ”0” (RH). “0” pos. Control mode
4.90
9
Float or free fall mode selection
I pos.
(automatic return)
Pedal
4.91 Not
Control mode
depressed
Depressed
29
Depressed Floating or free fall mode
Preliminary checks
None.

4.92
The winch is controlled by means of joystick
27.
The rotational speed of the winches varies in

proportion to the position of joystick.
NOTE:
The operation of all two winches is inhibited beyond the up and down travel limits by the respective
hook-mounted switches (optional).
The upper travel limit of the main winches can be by-passed when necessary during bar assembly
operations by means of selector 13. (pos. RH)
(the buzzer 12 sounds and warning light 34 is on up to the reactivation of the limit switch).
The operator must pay attention to ensure that the winch does not interfere with the jib.
IMPORTANT!
As well as by-passing the upper limit of the winches, key selector 13 also by-passes
- the lower limit of the parallelogram
- the lower/upper limit of the crowd winch (if equipped).
4-57
4.5.7.1.1. Floating mode (rear winch)

In floating mode, a by-pass system allows the releasing of the rope during the drilling phase.
CAUTION!
The by-pass use is allowed only with the load (tool) leaned so as to permit that the rope unwinds
without damages.
It absolutely forbidden to use the by-pass in free fall.
IMPORTANT!
Whit the by-pass on, the joystick 27 is not available.

4.93
Use selector 7 to select one of the two

1 winches.
4.94
Floating mode selection:
• Pedal 29 must be released.

2
• Place selector 9 to pos. I (RX automatic
mode). This operation will light up warning
light 6.
4.95
Floating mode activation

• Pedal 29 must be released.
• Press pushbutton 27.7 to enable activation
of floating mode.
3 • In this mode the selected winch can still be
controlled by the joystick 27 as if it were in
the controlled mode.
• Hook/depress pedal 29 to pos.2 to obtain
4.96
floating selection of winch.
4-58
IMPORTANT!
When releasing pedal 29 to pos. 1, the selected winch will return to the controlled mode. To switch
again to floating mode, push the button 27.7 and then hook/depress pedal 29(pos. 2).
IMPORTANT!
The Floating mode can be cancelled by turning the selector 7 to Pos. 0.
IMPORTANT!
Once the floating mode has been started, joystick 27 is no longer enabled.
IMPORTANT!
Once the floating mode has been selected, the control of the winches is managed exclusively through
pedal 29. Use this selection only when necessary.
4.5.7.1.2. Free fall mode (front/rear winch) optional
• If the machine is equipped with the free-fall winch/es the selecting methods are the same as
those of the floating mode.
CAUTION!
When the machine is not equipped with a ZOLLERN free-falling winch, it is absolutely prohibited for the
operator to attempt to stop the load (selector 7 to Pos.0 or emergency pushbutton 11 and pedal 29)
after the free-fall brake has been released. If this rule is not respected, serious damage may be
incurred to the machine components and to its structure.
4-59
4.5.7.2. Crowd system

IMPORTANT!
When the crowd function is made by a winch, it is compulsory the use of the mast foot during the
extraction phase.
Controls

Selector returns automatically to Central
position Forward
Descent
4.83 thrust
28 Central Neutral
Backward
Ascent
Pull
Preliminary checks
None.

4.97
Movement of the rotary head up and down the

mast is controlled from joystick
28
17 which in turn controls a hydraulic cylinder or a

rope winch.
The lower/upper travel limit of the rotary head can be by-passed (during installation/removal of the
rotary head or when changing crowd ropes) by means of selector 13 (RH Pos.)
(the buzzer 12 sounds and warning light 34 is on up to the reactivation of the limit switch).
The operator must be careful not to damage the idle pulleys below the rotary head trolley or the
pulleys on the trolley itself.
IMPORTANT!
As well as by-passing the lower/upper travel limit of the rotary head (Crowd winch) the key selector 13
also by-passes:
- the upper limit of the winches
- and the lower limit of the parallelogram.
4-60
4.5.7.3. Rotary
Controls

central position. Centre Neutral
4.98
27 Left pos. Working rotation
Right pos. Undercutting/discharge reverse rotation
Pushbutton
4.99
Pushing it and then moving lever 27 into

27.1 Pushed right pos., allows the undercutting
operation of the rotary head.
Pushbutton
4.100 It represents the default condition at the
start of the machine.
Pushed It allows a speed range from 0 (joystick.
27.2
(*) 27 in central pos.) to the maximum value
(joystick. 27 in left pos.) allowed for the
supplied rotary.
Pushbutton
4.101
27 in central pos.) to the medium value
(*)
27.3 (joystick. 27 in left pos.), referred to the
warning light maximum allowed for the supplied
27.8 on rotary
Pushbutton
4.102
(*) 27 in central pos.) to the minimum value
27.4 (joystick. 27 in left pos.) allowed for the
Warning
light 27.9 on supplied rotary
4-61

Pushbutton Pushed
4.103 ( ) It allows to keep the rotary engine in
Pushed fixed displacement.
27.10 on
27.5
Pushed
( ) It allows to keep the rotary engine in
Pushed variable displacement.
27.10 off
(*) The set selection can be cancelled and substituted by a new one, or changed in consequence of a
turning off and on again of the machine (reset of the default choice).
The default choice is maximum speed/minimum torque, automatically set at the start of the
machine.
() While starting the machine, the push button has to be positioned on the same function fixed at the
machine stopping.
Preliminary checks
None.

Working or discharge rotation of the rotary
head is activated by means of joystick 4.104
27
On the joystick four pushbuttons are available,

for the selection of the different rotary working
speeds and the lock of the rotary engine
displacement:
27.2 (maximum rotary speed)
27.3 (medium rotary speed)
27.4 (minimum rotary speed)
1 27.5 (engine displacement lock)
The warning lamp 27.8 signals that the rotary

is running at medium speed, the warning lamp
27.9 signals the minimum speed, while the
warning lamp 27.10 signals that the rotary
engine displacement is locked.
To perform DISCHARGE (HS) manoeuvres, 4.105

before setting joystick 27 in the right hand position,
2 depress button 27.1
located on the joystick.
4-62
4.5.7.4. Rotary CFA

Controls

central position. Centre Neutral
4.98
27 Left pos. Working rotation
Right pos. Undercutting/discharge reverse rotation
Pushbutton Pushed
4.99 ( )
It allows the rotation of the rotary with
Warning one pump (second gear excluded)
light 27.11
on
27.1
Pushed
( )
It allows the rotation of the rotary with
Warning two pumps (second gear)
light 27.11
off
Pushbutton
4.100 It represents the default condition at the
start of the machine.
27.2
(*) 27 in central pos.) to the maximum value
(joystick. 27 in left pos.) allowed for the
supplied rotary.
Pushbutton
4.101
27 in central pos.) to the medium value
(*)
27.3 (joystick. 27 in left pos.), referred to the
warning light maximum allowed for the supplied
27.8 on rotary
Pushbutton
4.102

(*) 27 in central pos.) to the minimum value
27.4 (joystick. 27 in left pos.) allowed for the
Warning
light 27.9 on supplied rotary
4-63

Pushbutton Pushed
4.103 ( ) It allows to keep the rotary engine in
Pushed fixed displacement.
27.10 on
27.5
Pushed
( ) It allows to keep the rotary engine in
Pushed variable displacement.
27.10 off
(*) The set selection can be cancelled and substituted by a new one, or changed in consequence of a
turning off and on again of the machine (reset of the default choice).
The default choice is maximum speed/minimum torque, automatically set at the start of the
machine.
machine stopping.
Preliminary checks
None.

The operating of reverse rotation of the rotary
4.106
is enabled by means of joystick
27
On the joystick four pushbuttons are available,

for the selection of the different rotary working
speeds and the lock of the rotary engine
displacement:
27.1 (rotary second gear excluded)
1 27.2 (maximum rotary speed)

27.3 (medium rotary speed)
27.4 (minimum rotary speed)
27.5 (engine displacement lock)
The warning lamp 27. signals that the rotary is

running at medium speed, the warning lamp
27.9 signals the minimum speed while the
warning lamp 27.10 signals that the rotary
engine displacement is locked and the
warning lamp 27.11 signals the rotation of the
rotary with one pump (second gear excluded).
4-64
4.5.7.4.1. Propeller cleaner

The ascent/descent propeller cleaner controls are 4.107
located on joystick
28
28.2 propeller cleaner ascent button

28.1 propeller cleaner descent button
The buttons must remain pressed until the

operation is completed.
4.5.7.5. Kelly
Controls

Selector
4.108 Position
Kelly hose recovery reel deactivated
0
19
Position
Kelly hose recovery reel activated
I

central position. Central
Neutral
4.98 position
Left
27 Kelly clockwise rotation
position
Right
Kelly counterclockwise rotation
position
4-65

Pushbutton Pushed
4.103 ( )
Warning It allows the rotation of the ± 45° kelly.
light 27.12
on
27.5
Pushed
( )
Warning ± 45° kelly rotation locked.
light 27.12
off
central position. Forward Opening of hydraulic grab jaws.
4.83
Central
28 Neutral
pos.
Backward Closure of hydraulic grab jaws.
machine stopping.
Preliminary checks
None.
IMPORTANT!
It is absolutely prohibited to move the kelly bars hoist (manipulator 27) if the selector 19 has not first
been commuted to pos. 1 (hose recovery reel enabled).
4.109
Commute selector 19 in pos. 1 to enable the

1 hose recovery reel function.
4-66
4.97
The opening and the closure of the hydraulic

2 grab jaws is activated by manipulator 28.
4.110
The rotation of the kelly ±45° is activated by

manipulator 27.
Button 27.5 allows to block or unblock the

3 rotation of the kelly ±45°.
The lighting up of indicator lamp 27.12 signals

that manipulator 27 is enabled for the rotation
of the kelly.
4-67
4.5.7.6. Vibrator
4.111
The operation of the vibrator is made by

commutating in I position the selector
1
15
4.112
The pliers controls on the vibrator are made by
commutating the selector
16
2 in position
left release
right lock
The selector must be kept in left and right
positions until the operation is completed.
Preliminary checks
None.
4-68
4.5.8. Stopping the machine
CAUTION!
• Before stopping the machine, check that all related safety rules, specified in VOLUME 1 –
SAFETY are fully respected.
• In the event of conditions (see the next paragraph) that may place the operator or other persons in
danger, the normal stopping procedure must be ignored and the cab emergency button 11
depressed immediately.
IMPORTANT!
• It is recommended that after prolonged operation under full load conditions, the engine should be
allowed to continue idling for a few minutes so that the temperature can stabilize before shutting
off. For more detailed information, consult the engine user manual annexed to the present manual.
• The engine must not normally be stopped by depressing the emergency buttons,
• In the event of the engine being switched off in error before having decelerated to idling speed, the
selector 7 must be set to ensure the minimum engine speed before starting again.
4-69
Controls
The controls involved in the stop of the machine are the following:

Indicator
4.25
Indicates running speed of the engine

2 and working hours.
Warning lamps A: Warning lamp of magneto-thermal

4.37 switches intervention
B: Warning lamp of the generator
C: Warning lamp of max coolant
temperature
D: Warning lamp of motor oil min
3 ON/OFF pressure
E: Warning lamp of hydraulic oil min
level
F: Warning lamp of max hydraulic oil
temperature
G: Warning lamp of hydraulic oil filter
clogging
Selector
4.27
8 Diesel motor starting key.
Key
4.58
Allows to set and stabilize the engine

7 speed from a minimum value (-) to a
maximum one (+).
4-70

Selector
4.59
10 LH Pos. Selector 7 changes the engine speed.
Preliminary checks
Before proceeding to stop the machine, make certain that all levers or selectors not recentred
automatically are in the ”0” position (neutral).
4.113
Operation sequence
4.114
1 Selector 10 must be in LH Pos.
4-71
4.115
To bring the engine to the minimum speed,

turn the selector
7 to the left,
1
verifying the result on the gauge
4.116
Turn the key switch
2
8 in Pos. “0”
4.117
Check on the panel
3
3
that all warning lamps, alarms and
instruments are turned off
4-72
5. Maintenance
The function of this chapter is providing all the information necessary to carry out the maintenance
activities allowed to the user; for all cases not expressly mentioned, the user is requested to contact
Casagrande SpA for the necessary assistance.
5.1. Foreword
The hydraulic equipment Casagrande are expressly designed and built to operate in the most difficult
environmental conditions, in extremely dirty and wet or dusty areas, exposed to any weather and any
temperature.
In spite of this, any machine of this kind is subjected to normal and unavoidable phenomenon’s, like
fatigue and wear of the components.
As consequence, an accurate preventive maintenance activity must be considered a necessary
condition for the preservation of reliability and operative performance.
The hereafter described maintenance procedures have been divided and grouped in three different
sections:
• Daily inspections (to be carried out without turning off the machine);
• Occasional interventions (activities not programmable and not foreseen)
• Planned maintenance (scheduled interventions)
WARNING!
• In certain circumstances the maintenance technician may need to evaluate manoeuvres or perform
troubleshooting with the engine running and parts of the machine in movement, or even while
drilling operations are in progress.
In such cases clear instructions must be given to ensure that:

a) the operator at the machine controls and the maintenance technician are able to see each
other in order to facilitate clear signaling;
b) the operator can respond to instructions given by the maintenance technician;
c) before any machine parts are set into motion, the maintenance technician is protected in a safe
area and approaches moving parts only when certain that his instructions have been received
and perfectly understood by the operator.
d) there is adequate illumination during maintenance work.
• Whenever servicing operations require the maintenance technician to work on the upperstructure
hood, the mast must be positioned completely vertical.
• All parts of the engine compartment can reach very high temperatures.
• Use suitable gloves when carrying out maintenance on the machine
IMPORTANT!
In topping up, always use oil with identical characteristics (see chap. 5.6). If no similar product is
available, change the oil completely.
5-1
5.2. Tightening torque
Use the following tables to determine the value of the tightening torque for bolted couplings.
LARGE PITCH
Resistance class in accordance with UNI/EN
8.8 10.9 12.9
20898
Metric thread
Pitch (mm) Tightening Torque Ts (Nm)
ISO, UNI 4536
M 4 0,7 2,72 3,82 4,59
M 5 0,8 5,28 7,43 8,92
M 6 1 9,13 12,8 15,4
M 8 1,25 21,9 30,7 36,9
M 10 1,5 42,9 60,4 72,4
M 12 1,75 72,9 102 123
M 14 2 116 163 196
M 16 2 179 252 303
M 18 2,5 249 350 420
M 20 2,5 350 492 591
M 22 2,5 478 672 806
M 24 3 605 851 1021
M 27 3 882 1240 1488
M 30 3,5 1205 1694 2033
M 33 3,5 1623 2282 2739
M 36 4 2096 2948 3538
M 39 4 2706 3805 4566
SMALL PITCH
Resistance class in accordance with UNI/EN
8.8 10.9 12.9
20898
Metric thread
Pitch (mm) Tightening Torque Ts (Nm)
ISO, UNI 4536
M 6 0,75 9,77 13,7 16,5
M 8 1 23,0 32,4 38,8
M 10 1,25 44,7 62,8 75,4
M 10 1 46,4 65,2 78,3
M 12 1,5 75,5 106 127
M 12 1,25 78,0 110 132
M 14 1,5 124 174 209
M 16 1,5 187 263 316
M 18 1,5 271 381 457
M 20 1,5 377 530 637
M 22 1,5 511 719 862
M 24 2 642 903 1084
M 27 2 932 1311 1573
M 30 2 1295 1821 2185
M 33 2 1732 2436 2923
M 36 3 2183 3071 3685
M 39 3 2812 3955 4746
5-2
5.3. Daily inspections
Very important activity, the “Daily Walk Around Inspection” is carried out without stopping the machine;
a technician perform a fast but accurate check of the B125 at work, that, from outside, can show
situations difficult to be detected from the operator position.
In particular, the following aspects will be considered:
• Hydraulic system: look for possible leaks from pipes and hoses
• Hydraulic system: verify that the movement of the hoses is free of interference and that it does
not force excessive bending on the hose itself
• Engine: the noise shall be normal, with non-visible fume emission
• Complete machine: the operation shall be free of abnormal vibrations; the resonance
phenomenon, if neglected, can produce very fast deterioration’s
• Cabin: all transparent surfaces must be perfectly integral, free of cracks and clean; consider
that visibility from the operator position is a NECESSARY condition for both safety and
efficient operation
• Ropes: look for obstacles for the free run of the ropes and for signals of possible damages
NOTE: other maintenance activities to be carried out along the day are accurately described in
the chapter “DESCRIPTION OF THE MAINTENANCE INTERVENTIONS”.
5-3
5.4. Occasional interventions
In four cases it is foreseen an occasional maintenance intervention:
• Refuelling fuel tank
• Cleaning fuel tank so as to flush out sludge and condense
• Close inspection of wire ropes
• Main winch rope guide adjusting
• Play adjusting of the undercarriage telescopic system
5.4.1. Refuelling fuel tank

NOTE: for the characteristics of the fuel please refer to the relevant table at chap. 5.6 Refuelling
Preliminary checks
Turn-off the engine and be ABSOLUTELY SURE that nobody smoke in the proximity of the machine.
Operation sequence
OPERATION LEFT SIDE OF THE MACHINE
5.1
Open the door A and position the suction

1 hose in the filling station/drum.
B
A
5-4

Press and hold the button to operate the fuel
5.2
pump B (located in the indicated space) until
the tank is shown to be full by the relative
indicator 1 in operator’s cabin.
NOTE 1:
Do not overfill the tank. Risk of fuel spillage
NOTE 2:
If the machine is operated in ambient
2 temperatures lower than 0° C, use a fuel designed
specifically to prevent paraffin precipitation which
can cause problems with the engine
NOTE 3:
To facilitate starting, pour in between 5 and 7
litres of regular grade petrol (not high octane)
(2 - 3% of tank capacity), then fill up with
diesel. Do not invert the filling sequence:
(petrol first, then diesel!)
MACHINE PLAN:
5.1
In the event of a fault at the fuel filler pump,

the tank can be filled directly using plug C (the
3 mast must be raised).
Before refuelling, clean the plug and fit a
strainer if not already supplied.
5.4.2. Emptying of the tank
WARNING!
The disposal of contaminated diesel fuel is regulated by environmental legislation.
Preliminary checks
Turn off the engine and be ABSOLUTELY SURE that nobody smoke in the proximity of the
machine.
5-5
Operation sequence
5.1
Open the flange D placed on the bottom of the D C
1 tank, collecting the liquid in a suitable
container.
Wash the tank using clean fuel poured in the

2 filling hole C.
3 Close the flange D.
5.4.3. Close inspection of wire ropes

• The rope must be inspected after incidents that could have caused damage, whenever the wire
rope has been returned to service following disassembly, and when the B125 is re-put into service
after a long period of inactivity.
The check consists in verifying carefully the absence of broken wires or stresses that can reduce
the strength of the rope. Every even small anomalous deformation is symptom of jeopardized
integrity and shall produce the replacement of the rope, as described at chap. 5.7.1.
The correct lubrication shall be moreover verified.
• Periodic inspections must be carried out by qualified personnel. To determine the frequency of
these inspections, consider the following:
- current legal requirements in the country of use relating to the application;
- the type of equipment and the ambient conditions on site;
- the classification category of the equipment;
- the results of previous inspections;
- the time for which the rope has been in service.
5-6
5.4.4. Adjustment of the main winch rope guide

5.3
A B C
CAUTION!
It is necessary to loosen the winch rope before adjusting the rope guide roller. Keep the rope loose
during adjustment and make sure that it cannot be accidentally tightened.
Turn selector 5 to position “0" to stop winch operation.
– Loosen nuts C
– Rotate screws A to adjust the position of roller D
– Tighten nuts B
– Tighten nuts C
Wind the rope and check that the winding operation is effected properly without any inconveniences
when going from the first to the second layer. Adjust again if necessary.
5-7
5.4.5. Play adjusting of the undercarriage telescopic system
• The play of the track gauge variation system is adjusted with the relevant adjustment screws under
the frame using a dynamometric wrench that indicates the torque values.
• Use the following table to determine the value of the tightening torque for adjustment screws and
locknuts:
Ø TORQUE
mm (Nm)
8.8 10.9 12.9
6 27 38 45,6
8 27 38 45,6
10 53 74 88,8
12 92 125 150
14 145 200 240
16 229 311 374
18 314 428 514
20 447 608 730
22 604 824 990
24 772 1049 1260
27 1128 1536 1843
30 1534 2158 2590
33 2680 3770 4524
36 3470 4870 5856
CAUTION!
Always use dynamometric wrenches suitable for the tightening torque in question.
Don’t use old or worn dynamometric wrenches
5-8
• The tracks must be retracted.
OPERATION VISUAL REFERENCE
5.66
CENTRAL ADJUSTERS
• Loosen the locknuts of the adjustment

screws 1;
• start screwing in the adjustment screws 2
first one then the opposite one, using the
dynamometric wrench;
1 • screw adjustment screws 2 down to 50%
of the tightening torque envisaged;
• now tighten adjustment screws 2 to100%;
• back adjustment screws 2 off by half a
turn;
• tighten all the locknuts 1 of the central
adjusters to the envisaged tightening
torque.
5.67
SIDE ADJUSTERS
• Loosen the locknuts of the adjustment

screws 1;
• start screwing in the adjustment screws 2
first one then the opposite one, using the
dynamometric wrench;
2 • screw adjustment screws 2 down to 50%
of the tightening torque envisaged;
• now tighten adjustment screws 2 to100%;
• back adjustment screws 2 off by half a
turn;
• tighten all the locknuts 1 of the side
adjusters to the envisaged tightening
torque.
5-9
5.4.6. Greasing of the undercarriage telescopic system

5.68
• Grease the telescopic system every

time you start and finish working on
a site.
• Thoroughly wash the telescopic
system.
• To grease the sliding parts use all
the relevant lubricators on the top
and bottom of the undercarriage
frame.
5-10
5.5. Planned maintenance
A correct planned maintenance of the B125 allows an optimized utilization of both the machine itself
and the manpower; during a planned stop the work can be carried out when people, materials, spares
and equipment are available, and the machine operator can be dedicated to alternative tasks.
At the opposite side, the “Breakdown Maintenance” must depend on the resources available at the
moment, with unavoidable consequences in terms of delays; furthermore, the intervention can seldom
be executed in the best way and efficiently, with other necessary interventions delayed to a better
circumstance (following breakdown maintenance).
The Preventive Maintenance Cards of the following pages can thus be considered an important
reference for a vital activity; we say reference because adjustments shall be taken into consideration
according to the story of each case, and in particular to:
• Age of the machine
• Particular utilization conditions
• Production program needs
5.5.1. Preventive maintenance cards

This paragraph presents, in table form, the list of all main operations the user can autonomously
execute; the classification by maintenance intervals is necessary for planning.
A EVERY 10 HOURS ....................................................................................... 5-14

A1 General inspection of the machine............................................................................ 5-14
A2 Wire rope check........................................................................................................ 5-14
A3 Air cleaner filter check .............................................................................................. 5-15
A4 Engine oil level check ............................................................................................... 5-16
A5 Hydraulic oil level check............................................................................................ 5-17
A6 Engine coolant check................................................................................................ 5-18
A7 Other checks on the diesel engine............................................................................ 5-19
A8 Indicator lamps and instrument check....................................................................... 5-19
B EVERY 50 HOURS ....................................................................................... 5-20

B1 Greasing ................................................................................................................... 5-20
B2 Wire rope maintenance............................................................................................. 5-23
B3 crawler track oil level check ...................................................................................... 5-23
B4 First hydraulic oil filter replacement........................................................................... 5-24
B5 Hydraulic oil heat exchanger / engine coolant........................................................... 5-25
B6 Front / rear winch (casagrande) reduction gear oil level control ................................ 5-26
B7 upperstructure reduction gear oil level check ............................................................ 5-28
5-11
C EVERY 100 HOURS...................................................................................... 5-29

C1 Tightness check on nuts and bolts............................................................................ 5-29
C2 Battery check ............................................................................................................ 5-30
D EVERY 250 HOURS...................................................................................... 5-31

D1 Other controls on the diesel engine .......................................................................... 5-31
D2 crawler track reduction gear first oil change.............................................................. 5-31
D3 Crawler track tension check...................................................................................... 5-32
D4 Hydraulic oil filter replacement .................................................................................. 5-33
D5 front / rear winch (casagrande) reduction gear first oil change ................................. 5-33
D6 crowd winch reduction gear first oil change (optional)............................................... 5-35
D7 upperstructure reduction gear first oil change ........................................................... 5-35
D8 General inspection of the machine............................................................................ 5-36
E EVERY 500 HOURS...................................................................................... 5-37

E1 Filter replacement and fuel pre-filter cleaning ........................................................... 5-37
E2 Other checks on the diesel engine............................................................................ 5-37
F EVERY 1000 HOURS.................................................................................... 5-38

F1 Accumulators maintenance....................................................................................... 5-38
F2 Other checks on the diesel engine............................................................................ 5-38
F3 Lubrication of exposed gears of the upperstructure slewing ring ............................. 5-38
G EVERY 2000 HOURS.................................................................................... 5-39

G1 Replacing the dry air filter element............................................................................ 5-39
G2 Crawler track reduction gear oil change.................................................................... 5-39
G3 Inspection of crawler track components for wear ...................................................... 5-40
G4 Hydraulic oil change.................................................................................................. 5-41
G5 Engine coolant change ............................................................................................. 5-42
G6 Front / rear winch reduction gear oil change ............................................................. 5-42
G7 Crowd winch reduction gear oil change (optional)..................................................... 5-42
G8 Upperstructure reduction gear oil change ................................................................. 5-42
NOTE
In case of substitutions, adjustments or repairs not mentioned in this manual, contact
Casagrande to receive detailed information and assistance.
5-12
5.5.2. Description of the maintenance interventions
SAFETY RULES FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF THE MACHINE
Any intervention on the machine shall be carried out only after a careful reading of the Volume 1
SAFETY, paying particular attention to the following topics:
3 GENERAL SAFETY REGULATIONS
4.3 STOPPING THE MACHINE
5 SAFE MAINTENANCE OF THE MACHINE
5.5.2.1. Introduction to maintenance
WARNING!
The maintenance technician cannot carry out any work on the machine until sufficient time has been
allowed for the natural cooling of parts exposed to high temperatures.
Before carrying out any maintenance work, the operator must proceed as follows:
Operation sequence
OPERATION
• Stop the engine

• Remove the ignition key 8
• Place a notice to the effect MAINTENANCE IN PROGRESS - DO NOT START, on the mobile control panel
• Raise lever 30 to release pressure from the servo control circuit
5-13
A EVERY 10 HOURS
A1 GENERAL INSPECTION OF THE MACHINE
OPERATION
Check the condition and functional efficiency of the following components:

• hoses, fittings, hydraulic seals (reduction gears, hydraulic cylinders, pumps, directional control
valves, etc.)
• nuts, bolts and guards;
• drilling equipment fitted on mast;;
• the general state of wear of mast hinge points and wire rope return pulleys.
A2 WIRE ROPE CHECK
OPERATION
• All visible parts of the rope must be inspected daily to detect general deterioration and
deformation. Pay special attention to points at which the rope is attached to the
equipment.
• Any perceptible or suspected variation in the condition of the rope must be officially noted and
followed up with a check on the condition of the rope by a qualified person.
• The decision to renew ropes must be based on the number and position of broken wires, the
degree of overall wear and the presence and extent of corrosion.
The rope must also be renewed:
- when the overall diameter is 10% less than the diameter as new, at any point along the length of
the rope.
- when a strand is completely broken, or damaged in such a way as to reduce the effective section
by 40% at any point.;
- when the rope shows signs of damage through impact, twisting, or permanent deformation
caused by mechanical stress, e.g. if the rope has been passed over sharp edges.
- if the rope core is visible, even at one point only.
- when one or more strands are slack and protruding, even though the rope is taut.
• For more information on inspection and replacement criteria for wire ropes, refer to UNI-ISO 4309
5-14
A3 AIR CLEANER FILTER CHECK
A C 5.1
To gain access to the air cleaner A, the mast

1 must be raised.
Check the filter element by the clog indicator. A 5.4

If necessary clean it
To clean it:
• Release the screw C;

2 • Remove the cover and the primary
filtering element A;
• Clean the element with compressed air;
• Clean also the filter case paying attention
not to contaminate with dust the
secondary safety filter;
• Reassemble the filter paying attention to
the sealing of the cover.
5-15
A4 ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK
5.1
Wait a few minutes after stopping the engine

before checking the oil level.
1
To gain access to the engine compartment
wait for an acceptable temperature of the
same
Open the door A.

A
5.4
D C
• When the dipstick D has two similar level

marks, the oil level should be at the upper
mark (not exceeding).
2
• If necessary, top up the oil by way of filler
C. (placed over the 2nd cylinder on the
left).
5-16
A5 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL CHECK
WARNING!
The hydraulic oil tank and its contents can reach high temperatures. The tank may also be pressurized.
5.1
1 Check the hydraulic oil level (door A) only with

the engine at standstill, with the mast in
vertical position.
5.5
• At least two or three centimeters of oil

should be visible in the top glass of the
max level indicator B.
2
• If necessary fill the oil through the filling
hole C.
5.1
NOTE:
If the level is checked with the mast not
vertical, the indicator B must be completely C
covered of oil.
5-17
A6 ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNING!
The header tank, the radiator and the liquid contained in them may reach high temperatures. Pressure
can also accumulate in the header tank.
5.1
Wait a few minutes after stopping the engine

before checking the coolant level.
1
To reach the plug B pass by the access

placed on the upper side of the cowling.
5.6
B
• Remove the plug B and check that that

the header tank is at least 3/4 full.
2 • If not, top up with liquid composed of 50%
water and 50% antifreeze with corrosion
inhibitor.
5-18
A7 OTHER CHECKS ON THE DIESEL ENGINE
NOTE:
For procedures and detail information on these operations please refer to the annexed engine manual.
OPERATION
• Check the cooling fan.

• Check the driving belt.
• Check the fuel-water separator.
• Inspect the cooling plant.
• Look for fuel, water or oil leaks.
A8 INDICATOR LAMPS AND INSTRUMENT CHECK
WARNING!
Any malfunctions must be rectified as soon as they are discovered, otherwise the safety of the machine
operator may be placed at risk.
OPERATION
Check the operation and condition of the following parts (between parenthesis the reference to the
navigation folder):
• warning lights;
• emergency stop buttons;
• acoustic warning devices;
• beacon;
• rev counter, hour meter, indicators: fuel level, oil pressure, oil pressure and engine coolant, etc.;
• temperature gauges
• inclinometers
• any other additional or special instruments: i.e. automatic mast verticality instrument.
5-19
B Every 50 hours
B1 GREASING
WARNING!
• Before greasing move the equipment concerned as close as possible to the ground.
• Use the most suitable means to reach the grease nipples
• Always use safety harnesses.
Greasing without automatic lubrication device
OPERATION PRINCIPAL GREASE NIPPLE

5.7
•
Clean the grease nipples before injecting
grease.
Inject at a pressure of at least 4 ÷ 5 bar until
b
grease is forced out.
(*): In case of upperstructure slew bearing
group, alternating each shot with a d
movement of the component in question
to facilitate proper distribution.
There are 4 lubricators, two as in figure
and two at 180°
e
NOTE:
The figure shows the machine in pile
arrangement. Please note that all greasing
nipples of the machine are marked or painted of
red.
a) jib pulleys
b) rope return pulleys for crowd winch
c) kelly bar guide
d) upper mast rotation pin
f
e) rope return pulleys
f) support mast group
g) mast foot pulleys
h) upperstructure rotation ring gear
g
h
5-20
Greasing with automatic lubrication device

5.66
a
• Grease:
a) the kelly bar guide group
b) the ropes return pulleys on mast
•
c) the mast foot pulleys
Clean the grease nipples before injecting
b
grease.
• Inject at a pressure of at least 4 ÷ 5 bar until
grease is forced out.
NOTA:
The figure shows the machine in pile arrangement.
Please note that all greasing nipples of the machine
are marked or painted of red.
• The automatic lubrication system provides the

greasing for the remaining elements.
5-21

5.67
b
c
• The automatic lubrication system greases:
a) jib pulleys
b) rope return pulleys for crowd winch
c) upper mast rotation pin
d) support mast group
e) upperstructure rotation ring gear
• Those elements are greased every 30 minutes
for a period of 5 minutes by the automatic
device.
• Periodically check the grease tank level; top up if
necessary.
5-22
B2 WIRE ROPE MAINTENANCE
IMPORTANT!
• Wire rope maintenance must be effected in accordance with the particular lifting equipment, the
application, the environment and the type of rope utilized.
• The type of lubricant used must be compatible with the original lubricants adopted by Casagrande
S.p.A. or the rope manufacturer.
• The lifetime of the rope diminishes if maintenance is not performed correctly, especially when the
machine is working in a corrosive environment or in other special circumstances when normal
lubrication services are impossible.
OPERATION
Unless otherwise specified by the lifting equipment or rope manufacturer, the rope must be clean and,
if possible, protected by a light brushing of oil or grease, paying particular attention to the sections of
rope flexed around pulleys.
Lubricant is applied by immersion, brushing or spraying.
B3 CRAWLER TRACK OIL LEVEL CHECK
WARNING!
The crawler reduction gear case and the oil inside can reach high temperatures.

Position the machine so that one of the two
A B 5.8
plugs on the reduction gear case lies in a
1 horizontal plane and the other in a vertical
plane.
2 Clean the area around plugs A and B.
Unscrew plug A and make sure that oil

3 emerges.
If no oil flows out, top up through plug B.
5-23
B4 FIRST HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT
WARNING!
The hydraulic oil reservoir can reach high temperatures and may be pressurized. Before replacing filter
elements loosen the filler plug slightly to release internal pressure.
IMPORTANT!
The disposal of used filter elements is regulated by specific environmental legislation.
NOTE:
During this phase it is advisable to check also the conditions of the cartridge positioned on the hydraulic
tank air filter C. Blow in compressed air and if necessary replace the cartridge.
5.1
Open the upper side of the cowling A by

1 means of the screws.
5.9
C B
Clean the area around the filters and the filter

2 connections B
5-24
5.10
1-2 3
• Remove screws 1, washers 2 and cover 3

• Withdraw filter cartridge 4 ensuring that
residual oil is drained completely.
3 • Fit the new cartridge with springs 5

• Fit cover 3 by means of screw 1 and 5
washers 2, checking the correct
installation of the seal 6; replace if 4
damaged.
B5 HYDRAULIC OIL HEAT EXCHANGER / ENGINE COOLANT
5.1
1 Open the door A on the cowling.
5-25
5.11
• Inspect the radiator core, and if necessary

remove dust and debris by blasting with
compressed air.
2 • Check that there are no leaks from the
fittings which connect the radiator cores
and pipelines, and the fittings between the
cores themselves.
B6 FRONT / REAR WINCH (CASAGRANDE) REDUCTION GEAR OIL LEVEL

CONTROL
NOTE:
When the machine is equipped with a Zollern type free fall winch see separated manual.
WARNING!
The reduction gear and the oil contained in it can reach high temperatures.
Rear winch
B 2.18
Move the winch till the plug B is in the highest

1 position.
Remove plug C and check for oil; if necessary

2 top up through plug B.
C
5-26
Front winch
5.12
1 Clean the area of plugs A and B.
Check for oil (plug B); if necessary top up

2 through plug A
B7 CROWD WINCH REDUCTION GEAR OIL LEVEL CONTROL (OPTIONAL)

5.13
Move the winch till the plug B is in the highest

1 position.
Remove plug C and check for oil; if necessary

2 top up through plug B.
WARNING!
The reduction gear and the oil contained in it can reach high temperatures.
5-27
B8 UPPERSTRUCTURE REDUCTION GEAR OIL LEVEL CHECK
5.14
1 Clean around plug B.

B B
Remove plug B with its dipstick and check

2 that the level is contained between the min
and max mark. Top up if necessary.
CAUTION!
The reduction gear case, brake housing and the oil inside can reach high temperatures!
5-28
C Every 100 hours
C1 TIGHTNESS CHECK ON NUTS AND BOLTS
OPERATION
Check the tightening torque of nuts and bolts subject to high stresses:
• slewing ring couplings
• track shoe bolts
• crawler drive and slewing ring reduction gear
• winch drum mountings
• diesel engine mountings
• mast attachment mountings
If necessary, torque fasteners to the value shown in the table, heading Par. 5.2 using a torque wrench.
5-29
C2 BATTERY CHECK
WARNING!
• When servicing the battery, protect hands from the electrolyte by wearing suitable
gloves.
• Do not smoke when working on the battery.
IMPORTANT!
• It is recommended that the specific gravity of the electrolyte be checked periodically: a value of
between 1220 g/l and 1290 g/l gives optimum battery efficiency.
• When changing the battery, be certain to procure a replacement with the same technical
specifications..
A 5.1
Open the left front doors A of the cowlings

• Check that the battery is clean, giving
particular attention to the electric wire
1 terminals; protecting them by smearing
with Vaseline.
• Check the level of the electrolyte and top
up with distilled water if necessary.
5.15
Check the charge level on panel 1 and

2 recharge if necessary.
5-30
D Every 250 hours
D1 OTHER CONTROLS ON THE DIESEL ENGINE
IMPORTANT!
For procedures, methods and warnings on the performance of this stage, refer to the diesel engine
instruction manual.
• Check the air aspiration system (ducts, connections, fasteners, filters)

• Check the cooling system (ducts, connections, fastener, radiator)
• Check the fastening system of the injection pump of the compressor
D2 CRAWLER TRACK REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE
WARNING!
The crawler reduction gear case and the oil inside can reach high temperatures.
IMPORTANT!
The disposal of spent oil is regulated by environmental legislation.
Manoeuvre the machine into a position that

brings one of the two oil filler/drain plugs on B A 5.8
1 the reduction gear cover near to the ground
on the vertical axis.
Clean the area around the top and bottom

2 plugs A and B.
Position a receptacle beneath the drain plug

3 A
Remove plugs A and B and drain out the oil;

4 for best results perform this operation when
the oil is warm.
5-31

A B
Manoeuvre the machine so that the reduction 5.8
5 gear plugs are positioned as shown in figure.
Pour in the new oil through the filler plug B

6 until plug A begins to overflow.
7 Clean plugs A and B and refit.
D3 CRAWLER TRACK TENSION CHECK
WARNING!
• The track tensioner contains pressurised grease.
• Never slacken the valve by more than one turn.
NOTE:
If the track fails to slacken, consult Casagrande S.p.A
1 Park the machine on firm and level ground.
5.16
2 Clean off the top branch of each track. straight-edge sag
Place a straight-edge on the track between the

3 two furthest points of support.
The maximum permissible clearance (sag)

4 between straight-edge and track at the center
is 25 mm.
If the value is greater, inject grease into valve

5 A of the track tensioner, roll the machine to a
new position and check the value again.
If the second check gives a smaller value,
slacken the track tensioner valve A by no
A
6 more than one turn to expel grease, then
reposition the machine again and recheck the
sag.
5-32
NOTE:
Minimal deviation from the specified sag value is permissible, i.e.:
- greater values when the machine is operating on heavy clay soil;
- smaller values on rocky or uneven terrain.
D4 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT
See EVERY 50 HOURS - Point 4) “First hydraulic oil filter replacement” of this chapter.
D5 FRONT / REAR WINCH (CASAGRANDE) REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE
NOTE:
WARNING!
The reduction gear and the oil contained in it can become very hot.
IMPORTANT!
The disposal of spent oil must be regulated by environmental legislation.
5-33
Rear winch
1 Move the winch till the plug C is in the lowest

position.
2.18
B
2 Clean around plugs B and C.
3 Place a receptacle under drain plug C.

Remove plugs B and C and drain the oil.
4 To make this operation easier it is best for the
oil to be hot.
5 Move the winch till the plug B is in the highest

position. C
6 Fill oil through plug B until it starts to overflow

from plug C.
7 Clean and refit plugs B and C.
Front winch
5.12
1 Clean the zone around plugs A, B and C
Place a receptacle under plug C, remove it

and drain the oil.
oil to be hot.
Refit plug C, pour in the new oil through the

3 filler plug A until plug B begins to overflow.
4 Refit plugs A and B.
5-34
D6 CROWD WINCH REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE (OPTIONAL)
1 Move the winch till the plug C is in the lowest

position.
5.13
2 Clean around plugs B and C.

Remove plugs B and C and drain the oil.
oil to be hot.
5 Move the winch till the plug B is in the highest

position
6 Fill oil through plug B until it starts to overflow

from plug C.
7 Clean and refit plugs B and C.
WARNING!
The reduction gear and the oil contained in it can become very hot.
IMPORTANT!
The disposal of spent oil must be regulated by environmental legislation.
D7 UPPERSTRUCTURE REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE

1 Clean around plugs B and C. 5.17
2 Position a receptacle under the drain plug

C. B B
3 Remove plug C and B and drain; the oil

will run off more easily when warm.
Replace the drain plug C and pour in oil

4 by way of the plug B.
C C
5-35
D8 GENERAL INSPECTION OF THE MACHINE
CAUTION!
The period “EVERY 250 HOURS” is to be considered as a maximum limit within which the inspections
covered herein should be performed.
The inspections should also be performed upon closure of every work site.
IMPORTANT!
During working phases the machine undergoes strong, continuous stress which generally involves the
entire machine and in particular:
- the structural parts
- the fastening systems (bolts, pins, etc.)
- moving parts
- components of the hydraulic system
IMPORTANT!
Over time, stresses may cause:
- in the structures
wear and tear, and in the case of heavy usage or overloading, cracks, breakage, deformations
- in the fastening systems

wear and tear, breakage, loosening, deformations
- in moving parts
wear and tear, breakage, loosening
- in the components of the hydraulic system

wear and tear, breakage, loosening
IMPORTANT!
The person responsible for the machine must perform, or have performed by qualified personnel,
inspections to verify that:
- on the structures:
there are no deformations, worn parts, detached welding, cracks. Special attention must be given
to the fixtures/supports of the mast, all the fastening points of the hydraulic jacks and the fastenings
of the winches.
- fastening systems
have the correct torque wrench setting, in the case of bolt systems, or the various ways of fastening
pins (screws, ring nuts, split pins, elastic pins, R-shaped pins, inserts, etc.
- moving parts
are not worn over the tolerated limit (slides, guides, pulleys, etc.) and there is no wear / breakage or
loosening which may cause leakage of liquids (rotary, rotation head, reduction gears, winches, feed
swivels, etc.)
- components of the hydraulic system

are not used / broken (hoses, tubing in general) and that there are no leaks of hydraulic oil due to
loosening of joints
5-36
E Every 500 hours

E1 FILTER REPLACEMENT AND FUEL PRE-FILTER CLEANING
5.1
To gain access to the fuel filters, pre-filter and

1 hand pump, open door A.
2 Consult the engine manual for procedures and precaution.
E2 OTHER CHECKS ON THE DIESEL ENGINE
OPERATION
1 Check concentration of the coolant.
2 Consult the annexed engine manual for procedures and precautions.
5-37
F Every 1000 hours
F1 ACCUMULATORS MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
• For the accumulator to operate correctly, the pre-charge value must remain constant. The
pressure can be checked with a suitable instrument. For the type of instrument to use and the
correct procedure to follow, consult Casagrande S.p.A. or a specialist workshop.
F2 OTHER CHECKS ON THE DIESEL ENGINE

OPERATION
For procedures and detail information on the following operations please refer to the annexed engine
manual:
• Check the tensioning of the fan belt.
• Check the belt tensioner.
• Check the fan hub.
F3 LUBRICATION OF EXPOSED GEARS OF THE UPPERSTRUCTURE SLEWING

RING
5.18
Clean the lubricator seat A and inject about
0,5 kg of grease.
NOTE:
1 Every two years dismount the upperstructure
slewing reduction gear B and remove the
grease. Reassemble the reduction gear and
distribute about 4 kg of grease on the whole
lubricator base circle A.
5-38
G Every 2000 hours
G1 REPLACING THE DRY AIR FILTER ELEMENT

The operation of substitution of the air filter elements shall be carried out in the foreseen intervals
(every 2000 hours), and in the following cases:
• When the optical or electric indicators (if present) signal it;
• When, although the correct cleaning operations have been carried out, dirt persists on the primary
cartridge.
C 5.1
To gain access to the air cleaner A is

1 necessary that the mast is raised.
Unscrew the screw C and extract the cover.
A
5.11
Replace simultaneously both primary and

2 secondary elements
G2 CRAWLER TRACK REDUCTION GEAR OIL CHANGE

See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point 2) CRAWLER TRACK REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE.
5-39
G3 INSPECTION OF CRAWLER TRACK COMPONENTS FOR WEAR

The following table shows criteria for determining levels of wear on track components.
NOTE:
The rollers and the track tension sprocket are lubricated for life with SAE 30 or SAE 40 oil at the factory.
Permissible wear
New
COMPONENT DRAWING 75% 100%
(mm)
(rocky terrain) (medium terrain)
5.19
Soles 25 15 12
5.20
Power wheel 37 40,5 42
5.21
Track tensioner
26 29 31
wheel
5.22
Bushings
53,9 51 48,6
(external)
5.23
Lower rollers 155 146,9 142,3
5.24
Links 95,2 89,6 87,8
5.25
Pins and
686,8 695,8 698,8
bushings
(*) The dimension to be considered is the one where the wear is higher.
(•)The dimension is detected on four sections of chain.
5-40
G4 HYDRAULIC OIL CHANGE
WARNING!
The hydraulic oil tank and the oil inside can reach high temperatures.
IMPORTANT!
Dispose of spent oil in accordance with current environmental legislation.
NOTE:
It is good practice to replace the filters when changing the oil (point no. 12 in this chapter).

To gain access to oil drain plugs, oil filler plugs
and level indicator open: B 5.26
1 - the lower side of the cowling A

- the upper side of the cowling B C
- the door C
Prepare a receptacle large enough to contain

the hydraulic tank oil and part of the circuit oil
2 and place it the cowling A in correspondence A
with the drain plug.
5.27
Clean the area around the filler plug B1 and
3 drain plugs A1
Remove the filler plug B1 so that the oil can

4 drain out more quickly.
Remove the filler plug A1 so that the oil can

5 drain out more quickly. A1
5.28
B1
6 Clean the drain plug A1 and refit it.
5-41

5.27
Fill the tank with fresh oil, checking that the
level shows at the top of the sight glass C1
7 (for 2-3 cm at least), with the mast in vertical
position. If the mast is horizontal, the indicator
must be completely covered. C1
Wait a few minutes for the oil to reach and fill

the various components of the hydraulic
8 circuit, i.e. pumps, directional control valves,
etc.
Start the machine and operate the hydraulic

9 services a few times. Check the oil level again
and top up if necessary.
G5 ENGINE COOLANT CHANGE
IMPORTANT!
• The coolant must be changed every 2 years, regardless of how many hours the engine has been in
operation, as the corrosion inhibiting properties of the liquid will begin to degrade after that time.
• Dispose of spent oil in accordance with current environmental legislation.
Procedures and precautions relative to this operation are given in the engine manual.
G6 FRONT / REAR WINCH REDUCTION GEAR OIL CHANGE

NOTE:
See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point 5) “FRONT / REAR WINCH REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL
CHANGE” in this chapter.
G7 CROWD WINCH REDUCTION GEAR OIL CHANGE (OPTIONAL)

See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point 6) CROWD WINCH LEVEL OIL REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL
CHANGE (OPTIONAL)” in this chapter.
G8 UPPERSTRUCTURE REDUCTION GEAR OIL CHANGE

See EVERY 250 HOURS - Point 7) UPPERSTRUCTURE REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE.
5-42
5.5.3. Preventive maintenance cards for rotary and drilling equipment
• EVERY 10 HOURS ....................................................................................... 5-45

A1 General inspection of the machine............................................................................ 5-45
A2 Rotary levels check................................................................................................... 5-46
A3 Greasing of cement feeding device........................................................................... 5-46
B EVERY 50 HOURS ....................................................................................... 5-47

B1 Greasing of rotary - slide – kelly bar guide (suspension sheave block – centring
device – auger cleaner) ............................................................................................ 5-47
B2 Check of the auger cleaner reduction gear oil level .................................................. 5-50
B3 Kelly bar swivel greasing........................................................................................... 5-50
B4 General inspection of kelly bar group........................................................................ 5-50
C EVERY 200 HOURS ..................................................................................... 5-51

C1 First rotary oil replacement ....................................................................................... 5-51
C2 First auger cleaner reduction gear oil replacement ................................................... 5-53
D EVERY 1000 HOURS ................................................................................... 5-54

D1 Accumulators maintenance....................................................................................... 5-54
E EVERY 2000 HOURS ................................................................................... 5-54

E1 Rotary oil replacement .............................................................................................. 5-54
E2 Auger cleaner reduction gear oil replacement........................................................... 5-54
* These applications are present only in CFA arrangement.

NOTE!
In case of substitutions, adjustments or repairs not mentioned in this manual, contact
Casagrande to receive detailed information and assistance.
WARNING!
• Before carrying out any maintenance or repair procedures, manoeuvre the rotary so that it is as
near as possible to the ground.
• Use suitable means to gain access to the rotary. Always use a safety harness.
• For oil replacement or major repairs, remove the rotary from the mast and place it on the ground
with the help of a service crane, which may be used for other necessary subsequent manoeuvres.
5-43
5.5.3.1. Lubrication and inspection points
POINT POSITION ON THE ROTARY
5.29
1 Rotary table oil filler plug 6 Coupling inspection holes and coupling
2 Upper rotary gear bearing and seal grease engaging chamber oil drain
nipple 7 Rotary table lubrication oil level indicator
2A Lower rotary seal grease nipple (one plug for each reduction gear)
3 Rotary table drain plug 7A Reduction gear oil filling (one plug for each
reduction gear)
5 Coupling engaging chamber oil window
7B Reduction gear oil drain (one plug for each
5A Coupling engaging chamber oil filler plugs reduction gear)
8 Rotary table oil window
5-44
5.5.3.2. Occasional maintenance

The rotary is equipped with one hole (6) for
inspecting the motor inserting coupling system 5.30
during work and disengagement in the HS
(high speed) unloading phase.
Hole 6 is below oil level. Remove the relative
1 plug and drain all the oil.
IMPORTANT!
Operate the rotary for the minimum time
necessary to carry out the inspections. Only
slight rotations are allowed (half a turn) to allow
the engagement-disengagement of the coupling.
2 WARNING!
If the inspections must be carried out while the
rotary is operating, the maintenance man must
hold a transparent protection against
lubricating oil.
By means of the hole 6 it is possible to check
for irregularities during the engaging and
disengaging of the coupling, for tooth wear or
breakage.
Replenish the oil level at the end of the
3 checks.
A. EVERY 10 HOURS
OPERATION
• Check for oil leaks.

• Check for leaks on hoses or on the rotary head unit feed fittings, or on the ball couplings
lubrication system.
• Check that there are no loose nuts or bolts on hydraulic motor, reduction gear, slide connections
etc.
• Check for deformations or breakage on rubber shock-absorbers or on the kelly bar guide sleeve
springs.
5-45
A2 ROTARY LEVELS CHECK

The rotary is composed of various compartment and each one is equipped with a level check plug, a
filler plug and one or more drain plugs.
WARNING!
All the rotary parts and the lubricating oil in them can reach high temperatures.
All the levels must be checked while the 5.31

1 rotary is in a vertical position (operating
position).
Check the presence of oil through the

following check plugs. There is usually an
oil window on the level check plug
through which the oil level can be
checked directly. If not, it is necessary to
remove the plug to do so:
2
• Rotary reduction gear inspection plug
7 (fill through plug 7A);
• Rotary table inspection plug 8; fill
through plug 1.
• Coupling engaging chamber pilot light
5 (top up oil through plug 5A).
A3 GREASING OF CEMENT FEEDING DEVICE

5.32
1 Clean around grease nipples A.
Grease through grease nipples A while

2 the cement feeding device is rotating.
Check for sign of seizure or leaks during

grease injection. If necessary,
3 disassemble and check the condition of
the seals and the bearing.
5-46
B Every 50 hours
B1 GREASING OF ROTARY - SLIDE – KELLY BAR GUIDE (SUSPENSION SHEAVE
BLOCK – CENTRING DEVICE – AUGER CLEANER)
Rotary
5.33
1 Clean the housing of grease nipples 2 – 2A.
Grease on each grease nipples with 4-5

pumps.
2
Rotate a few turns the rotary and repeat the
operation.
Slide
5.34
Clean the grease nipple housings, on the
guide shoe units B, on crowd winch C pulley
1 rope pins and the crowd C cylinder attachment
pins.
2 Apply grease until it overflows.
Check for shoe wear on guide units B and, if

3 necessary, replace them.
5-47
Suspension sheave block

5.35
Clean around the housing of grease nipple A on

1 the pulley.
Check for pulley race wear and for signs of

3 seizure.
Centring device
5.36
Clean around the housing of grease nipples A on
1 the pins.
Check for soil or cement deposits on the

3 closing/opening device B.
5-48
Auger cleaner
Clean around the grease nipple housing of guide 5.37

1 rollers A and slewing ring slide shoes B.
Apply grease to points A and C until it

2 overflows.
Grease the slewing ring through the four

3 points B while effecting small rotations.
Check that gear D is clean and, if necessary

4 apply a layer of lubricator (Chapter 5.6.2 -
Table F) with a brush.
Check for shoe wear on guide units E and

5 replace them if necessary.
Kelly bar guide

5.38
Clean the grease nipple housing on the
1 slewing ring B.
Check for shoe wear on the guide units A and,

3 if necessary, replace them.
Check for wear on the slewing ring and make

4 sure it is working properly.
5-49
B2 CHECK OF THE AUGER CLEANER REDUCTION GEAR OIL LEVEL

5.39
1 Clean around plugs A and B.
2 Remove plug B and check for oil. If

necessary, top up through plug A.
B3 KELLY BAR SWIVEL GREASING

5.40
2 Remove plugs A and B.
Apply grease through grease nipple C until it

3 flows out of plug B.
4 Fit plugs A and B on again.
Check for:
• easy rotation and absence of backlash
5 • check for major signs of wear on
connections.
• check rotation under stress (with load).
B4 GENERAL INSPECTION OF KELLY BAR GROUP

OPERATION
• Inspect the kelly bar pack in all its parts, if possible also on the inside, in order to identify major
signs of wear or breakage.
• For repair procedures, see Par. 5.7.4.
5-50
C Every 200 hours

C1 FIRST ROTARY OIL REPLACEMENT
The rotary is composed of various compartments and each one is equipped with a visual level check, a
filler plug and one or more drain plugs.
Always place a receptacle under the drain plugs.
WARNING!
All the rotary parts and the lubricating oil in them can reach high temperatures.
IMPORTANT!
The disposal of spent oil is regulated by environmental legislation.
Rotary gear boxes

With the help of an auxiliary crane, place 5.30
1 the rotary in horizontal position (or place
the mast in horizontal position).
Remove the 7A and 7B plugs

2 sequentially (one for each reduction
gear).
3 Drain the oil completely.
4 Fit the plugs 7B on again.
Move the rotary back to its vertical

5 position.
Fill the oil through plug 7A alternatively to

6 allow the air to bleed out.
Check the oil level on inspection plug 7,

7 even after brief operation.
5-51
Rotary table
Remove plugs 3 and 1 (one for each 5.29

1 coupling).
2 Drain the oil completely.
3 Fit plugs 3.
4 Fill oil through plug 1.
Check the oil level on inspection plug 8,

5 even after brief operation.
Coupling chamber
5.41
1 Remove the plug 6
Drain the oil completely and, with the aid

2 of a syringe pump, extract the remaining
oil from each chamber.
3 Fit plug 6
4 Fill with oil through plug 5A.
Check the oil level through plug 5, even

5 after brief operation.
5-52
C2 FIRST AUGER CLEANER REDUCTION GEAR OIL REPLACEMENT
5.42
1 Clean around plugs A , B and C.
Remove plugs C, B and A and drain the oil.

3 To make this operation easier, it is best for the
oil to be hot.
4 Close plug C and fill the oil through plug A

until it overflows from plug B.
5 Clean and reassemble plugs A and B.
5-53
D Every 1000 hours
D1 ACCUMULATORS MAINTENANCE
For the accumulator to work properly it is necessary to maintain the pre-charge pressure constant by
means of a special instrument.
For information on the type of instrument and how to use it, please contact Casagrande S.p.A. or an
authorized workshop.
E Every 2000 hours
E1 ROTARY OIL REPLACEMENT

See every 200 hours - point 1) “FIRST ROTARY OIL REPLACEMENT” in this chapter.
E2 AUGER CLEANER REDUCTION GEAR OIL REPLACEMENT

See every 200 hours - point 2) “ FIRST AUGER CLEANER REDUCTION GEAR OIL REPLACEMENT”
in this chapter
5-54
5.5.4. Kelly equipment preventive maintenance cards

• EVERY 10 HOURS ....................................................................................... 5-55

A1 GENERAL INSPECTION OF THE MACHINE........................................................... 5-55
B EVERY 50 HOURS ....................................................................................... 5-56

B1 Greasing ................................................................................................................... 5-56
B2 Auxiliary winch reduction gear oil level control (optional) .......................................... 5-57
C EVERY 250 HOURS ..................................................................................... 5-57

C1 Auxiliary winch reduction gear first oil change (optional) ........................................... 5-57
D EVERY 2000 HOURS ................................................................................... 5-58

D1 Auxiliary winch reduction gear oil change (optional).................................................. 5-58
• EVERY 10 HOURS
OPERATION
• Check the condition and functional efficiency of the following components:
- hoses, fittings, hydraulic seals (reduction gears, hydraulic cylinders, etc.);

- nuts, bolts and guards;
- the general state of wear of mast hinge points and wire rope return pulleys.
5-55
B Every 50 hours
B1 GREASING
WARNING!
• Before greasing move the equipment concerned as close as possible to the ground.
• Use the most suitable means to reach the grease nipples.
• Always use safety harnesses.
5.43
• Clean the grease nipples before

injecting grease.
• Inject at a pressure of at least 4 ÷
5 bar until grease is forced out.
NOTE:
The picture should not correctly
represent your equipment, kindly
remember that all the grease nipples
are either marked with a red circle or
coloured in red.
5-56
B2 AUXILIARY WINCH REDUCTION GEAR OIL LEVEL CONTROL (OPTIONAL)

OPERAZIONE / CONTROLLO RIFERIMENTO
5.44
1 Move the winch till the plug A is in the highest position.
Remove plug B and check for oil; if necessary top up through plug
2 A. B
C Every 250 hours

C1 AUXILIARY WINCH REDUCTION GEAR FIRST OIL CHANGE (OPTIONAL)
1 Move the winch till the plug B is in the lowest

position.
5.44
3 Place a receptacle under drain plug B.

Remove plugs A and B and drain the oil.
oil to be hot.
5 Move the winch till the plug A is in the highest

position
B
6 Fill oil through plug A until it starts to overflow
from plug B.
7 Clean and refit plugs A and B.
5-57
D Every 2000 hours

D1 AUXILIARY WINCH REDUCTION GEAR OIL CHANGE (OPTIONAL)
See previous point.
5-58
5.6. Refilling characteristics
The following tables, with reference to the base machine, to the winches and to the rotary head,
provide type and trademark of the fluids (fuel, oil, grease etc.) used by Casagrande SpA for the first
filling of the machine, which has been designed to operate with environmental temperature ranging
from -10 to +40°C.
Every table contains also the reference to the fluid data table (represented by the letters A, A1, B, D1.I)
(the highlighted columns) describing each fluid. The non-highlighted columns can be considered only
for particular applications, after consulting with Casagrande SpA.
5.6.1. Main components filling tables
(**) Type and brand of oil supplied by Casagrande Spa with the machine for temperature range from
-10 to +40 ºC.
5.6.1.1. Base machine
TYPE (**)
APPROX. FLUID DATA
COMPARTMENT OR SYSTEM OF FLUID
CAPACITY [l] TABLE
AGIP
Hydraulic plant 300 ARNICA 46 Tab. A
Greasing nipples in general (*) GR MU EP2 Tab. E
Rope lubrication (*) FIN 332 F Tab. F
Open gears lubrication (*) FIN 332 F Tab. F
Engine with filter 17 SIGMA TURBO 15W40 Tab. B
15
Heat exchanger (level completion ANTIFREEZE EXTRA Tab. G
with water)
Track gear box 3.5 BLASIA 220 Tab. C
Upperstructure rotation gear boxes 4+4 BLASIA 220 Tab. C
Fuel tank 240 - Tab. L
Hydraulic oil tank 240 ARNICA 46 Tab. A
(*)Refer to what described at chap. 5.5.2 “DESCRIPTION OF THE MAINTENANCE INTERVENTIONS”
5-59
5.6.1.2. Winches
TYPE (**)
APPROX.
COMPARTMENT OR SYSTEM OF FLUID FLUID DATA TABLE
CAPACITY [l]
AGIP
Winch 60 kN (*) 3,4 l ROTRA 80W-90 Tab. M
Winch 140 kN (*) 5l ROTRA 80W-90 Tab. M
Winch 120 kN crowd 6l ROTRA 80W-90 Tab. M
* Zollern winch - see separated manual.
5.6.1.3. Rotary H
TYPE (**)
APPROX.
COMPARTMENT OR SYSTEM OF FLUID FLUID DATA TABLE
CAPACITY [l]
AGIP
Greasing of the kelly bar guide (*) GR MU EP2 Tab. E
Greasing of rotary and
(*) GR MU EP2 Tab. E
assembly
Rotary gear boxes 2,7 + 6,6 BLASIA 220 Tab. C
Rotary table + joint chamber 74 BLASIA 220 Tab. C
(*)Refer to what described at chap. 5.5.2 “DESCRIPTION OF THE MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ”
5-60
5.6.2. Fluid data table

The tables indicate the characteristics of the type of lubricant which is, and must be, used for the
machine. Other type of lubricants with different characteristics can be considered for specific
situations/conditions once Casagrande S.p.A. has been consulted.
A ARNICA 46 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Viscosity at 40°C mm²/s 45

Viscosity at 100°C mm²/s 8,3
Viscosity index 164
Flash point V.A. °C 215
Pour point °C -36
Volumetric mass at 15°C Kg/l 0,870
SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS

- ISO-L-HV
- AFNOR NF E 48600 HV
- BS 4231 HSE
- DIN 51524 t.3 HVLP
- CETOP RP 91 H HV
- CINCINNATI P 68, P69 and P70
- DENISON HF 0
- VICKERS M-2950
B SIGMA TURBO 15W-40 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS

Viscosity at -15°C cP 3300
Viscosity index 138
Pour point °C -27

- ACEA E3-96
- API Service CG-4/SG
- CCMC D5, PD-2
- US Department of the Army MIL-L-2104 E
- US Department of the Army MIL-L-46152 E
5-61
C BLASIA 220 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS

Viscosity index 95
Pour point °C -21

- ISO-L-CKD
- ANSI/AGMA 9005-94 (AGMA nr. 2EP,3EP,4EP,5EP,6EP,7EP,8EP)
- ASLE EP
- DIN 51517 teil3 CLP
D BLASIA 100 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS

Viscosity index 95
Pour point °C -24

- ISO-L-CKD
- ANSI/AGMA 9005-94 (AGMA nr. 2EP,3EP,4EP,5EP,6EP,7EP,8EP)
- ASLE EP
- DIN 51517 teil3 CLP
5-62
E GR MU EP 2 Grease
CHARACTERISTICS
Consistency NLGI 2
Handling penetration dmm 280
Drop point ASTM °C 185
Base oil viscosity at 40°C mm²/s 160

- ISO-L-X-BCHB 2
- DIN 51 825 KP2K-20
- DIN 51 826
F FIN 332/F Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Viscosity at 100°C mm²/s 240 *

Pour point °C <-9
Flash point IP170/90 °C 38
Flash point after solvent evaporation >240

- ISO-L-CH-DIL (AGIP FIN 332/F)
- DIN 51513 BC-V (AGIP FIN 332/F and 360 EP/F)
* After solvent evaporation
G ANTIFREEZE EXTRA Antifreeze
CHARACTERISTICS
Boiling point °C 170

Colour turquoise
Volumetric mass at 20°C Kg/l 1.130
Temperature of
% Volume Freezing Boiling
Boiling point in water solution °C °C
25 -12 103
Freezing point in water solution 33 -18 105
50 -38 110
60 -45 112

- CUNA NC 956-16 ed. ‘97
- ASTM D 1384
5-63
H GREASE SM Grease
CHARACTERISTICS
Consistency NLGI 2
Handling penetration dmm 280
Drop point ASTM °C 190
Base oil viscosity at 40°C mm²/s 160

- The grease contain molybdenum bisulphide
I BLASIA S 150 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS

Viscosity index 195
Pour point °C -36

- Synthetic oil
5-64
L FUEL
SPECIFICATION METHOD REQUISITES
Water and sediment D 1796 < 0,05 %
Appearance Visual Liquid
Colour D 1500 N° L 3.0
Specific gravity at 15 °C D 1298 kg/l 0,8226
Calculated cetane number D 976 51,0
C.F.P.P. IP 309 -13
Flash point D 93 63 °C
Clouding point D 2500 -10 °C
Pour point D 97 - 24 °C
Kinematic viscosity at 38,7 °C D 445 2,29 cSt
Sulphur COULOM. 0,08 %
M ROTRA 80W-90 Oil
CHARACTERISTICS
Rating SAE 80W -90

Viscosity at -12°C mPa.s
Viscosity at -26°C mPa.s 130000
Viscosity index 100
Pour point °C -27

- API GL-1
- API GL-3
5-65
5.7. Components replacement and repair
5.7.1. Ropes
In normal circumstances ropes must be substituted with others of the same type. If ropes of a different
type are installed, the operator must ensure that the characteristics are at least equivalent to those of
the original ropes.
5.7.1.1. Fitting the rope to the winch
5.45
The reel of new rope must be unwound

as shown in
5.46
The first turn of rope on a smooth
surface winch drum must be completely
regular to prevent successive windings
from becoming entangled.
When winding the rope onto the drum
maintain rope tension of 1 - 2 % of
breaking strength and tap successive
windings onto the drum as shown in
figure.
5-66
Before fitting a new rope check the condition and functionality of the pulleys. If necessary change worn
parts or grind the pulley sheaves to restore the correct profile.
NOTE
When a rope is used for the first time it must be bedded in with a series of manoeuvres with a load of
approximately 10% of maximum permissible load.
5.7.1.2. Anchoring the rope

The fixed end of the rope must be secured by means of a wedge in the relative location on the winch drum.
When unwinding rope from the winch in operative conditions ensure that at least three windings remain
on the drum so that the pulling force is almost completely absorbed by the friction between drum and
rope.
The free end of the rope must be secured with the utmost precision; this fixing must be inspected
frequently because it is a sensitive area of the equipment that is subject to damage; the most widely
adopted fixing methods are as shown:
fork end fitting in forged steel ”A”; attachment of the 5.47

rope is provided by pouring an antimonium - tin alloy or
cold working resins into the socket;
swaged-on fork end fitting ”B”; attachment is provided

by cold pressing of the compression sleeve;
wedge socket end fitting ”C”; attachment is provided by

the locking wedge; note that the center line of the end
fitting must be concentric with the taut rope center line
and there must be no deviation of the rope in the area of
attachment;
thimble; the attachment is assured by compression

sleeves “D” or hand splicing ”E”.
WARNING!
The choice of the type of end fitting must be made considering all relevant factors and guaranteeing the
maximum safety levels for all solutions.
For this reason, the solutions adopted by Casagrande S.p.A. must be observed at all times.
5-67
5.7.1.3. Wire ropes cutting

Wire ropes can be cut using one of the following systems:
• grinding wheel
• shearing tool
• oxyacetylene torch
5.48
Before cutting the rope bind it as shown

in the figure to ensure the strands
remain in place once they are severed
5-68
5.7.2. Flexible hoses
IMPORTANT!
Before removing any of the hoses on the machine:
• stop the engine;
• discharge pressure from the hydraulic system;
• take steps to collect oil at the site of hose removal.
When hoses must be renewed because of rupture or deterioration, the replacement hose must share
the same characteristics as the original (type - diameter - length - fittings) or all the following
prescriptions must be observed:
hydraulic hoses must not be exactly the same length as

the distance between the two connection points and 5.49
they must not work under traction;
avoid bending, kicking or crushing hydraulic hoses; the

radius of curvature of bends must be increased for
higher oil pressures;
do not stretch the hoses during assembly;
each installation must be carried out using the most

suitable fittings (curved or straight) thus avoiding excess
curvature or tight radius bends;
if hoses are to be supported by brackets, pay attention

to screw tightening torque to avoid crushing;
make sure individual hoses in bundles are arranged

correctly to prevent traction stress.
5.7.2.1. Kelly hoses replacement

• Move the kelly to horizontal position.
• Rotate selector 19 to position I (RH).
• Rotate the cock lever (see the position of the cock in the picture below).
• Unwind the hoses, remove them e replace with the new ones.
• Close the cock (see the position of the cock in the picture below).
5-69
5.7.3. Crawler chain

Park on solid level ground (ideally a
1 cement or asphalt surface). 5.50
Travel forward or in reverse until the
chain link pin is in the position shown in
2 figure. The link pin can be identified by
the locations on the two ends and the
channel in the pad
3 Slacken chain tension (see page 5-5-32).
Remove the link pin from the outside

toward the inside using a hydraulic drift
4 (pin striking extraction system is
recommended).
5.51
Travel forward until the entire chain is laid
5 out on the ground (figure)
Align the new chain with the worn chain

6 and make sure the pads are facing the
correct direction of travel (figure).
7 Connect the two chains with the link pin.
8 Travel forward slowly onto the new chain.
Bring the connection point G between the 5.52

two chains clear of the sprocket wheel.
9 Remove the link pin and use steel wire to
tie the new chain to the sprocket wheel
(figure).
Continue to travel forward until the
10 connection is on the upper part of the
sprocket wheel.
Remove the steel wire and travel forward 5.53
with the machine, accompanying the
11 upper part of the chain up to the
tensioner wheel (figure).
Join the two ends of chain and insert the
12 link pin from the inside.
Bring the chain up to the correct tension
13 (see page 5-5-32)
5-70
5.7.4. Handling of rotary kelly bar
5.7.4.1. Storage or transportation

• Do not allow the kelly bar to rest for long periods on two points that are either too distant or too
close to one another.
5.54
5.7.4.2. Hoisting for transport

WARNING!
Use slings which do not slip on the kelly bar resulting in loss of stability.
5.55
NO
NO
YES
5-71
5.7.4.3. Hoisting for assembly/disassembly on the equipment
WARNING!
Respect the position of the swivel as indicated in figure.
5.65
YES
NO
5-72
5.7.4.4. Repairs of rotary kelly bar

The parts which are most frequently subject to repair are shown in the following diagram.
5.56
1 Top lug
2 Shoulder flange
2.1 Shoulder flange weld
3 Splines
4 Tube elements
4.1 Internal element (end)
5 Bearing plate
6 Damper
7 Kelly bar stub pin
8 Deformation of lug hole:
5-73
5.7.4.5. Deformation of lug hole
5.57
Remove and replace the lug.

Prepare the new element as shown and weld using
type “2” electrodes.
5.7.4.6. Cracks in shoulder flange weld
5.58
Use a grinder to remove the affected part, make good

using type 2 electrodes.
FLAWS WELDING
5-74
5.7.4.7. Deformation and cracking of the shoulder flange or of the tube in its
vicinity.
5.59
Replace the shoulder flange by one of the two following

methods:
Remove the damage flange, clean off all residues of
welds etc. and weld on a new flange.
Cut the tube immediately beneath the flange, clean the
part carefully, weld on a new flange.
WELD WITH
DEFORMATION
5.7.4.8. Drawing plates damaged through wear and/or deformation
If the damage is not excessive, build up the section by

applying weld material. Use type“3” electrodes. The 5.60
coating of weld material must not be excessive thus
forming a surface that will prove difficult to reconstruct .
Before trimming of any excess material, the built up
face should be properly peeked.
If the damage is so severe that building up with weld
material is inadvisable, cut off the damaged section and
replace it with a new piece.
When removing the damaged section, take care not to
damage the tube with the grinder or cutter thus creating MATERIAL TO BE
points of weakness which could lead to failure.
ORIGINAL
REBUILT
Trim all the surfaces with an angle grinder to restore the
original alignments.
5-75
5.7.4.9. Thrust zones on interlocking kelly bar
5.61
If wear is limited the surface can be built up using type

“3” electrodes followed by proper refacing.
If the damage is extensive and difficult to make good
cut out and replace the damaged section.
AREA NOT 10 ARE A TO BE
If this solution is chosen, care should be taken not to
COATED
damage the tube when cutting out the damaged section.
5.7.4.10. Tube elements
IMPORTANT!
The diameters of the new sections of tube must be as close as possible to the diameters of the original
tube. The quality of materials must also be compatible to ensure an effective repair.
5.62
Various types of damage may occur; Transverse and

vertical failure are take in to consideration.
• In such cases cut out the damaged piece and
MIN. LENGTH OF SPLINES TO
SECTION TO BE REPLACED
ensure that the cut extends well into the sound

section of the kelly bar. The remaining stubs must
DAMAGED AREA
MIN. 200 mm.
be properly prepared in order to ensure a perfect

BE REMOVED
weld (same procedure as for assembly).

• Prepare a new piece of tube of the same length and
diameter as the part which has been removed,
making sure that its ends mate perfectly with the
original sections.
5-76
5.7.4.11. Internal tube element (end section)
5.63
• If the end section is damaged above the reinforced
nr. 3 SPOT WELDS D.40 AT 120°

zone, follow the procedure described in precedent
point (TUBE ELEMENT).
OVERLAP
• If the failure is in the reinforced zone we
recommend replacing the entire section with an
overlap of at least 500 mm.
The splines must be positioned above the joint.
5.7.4.12. Internal drive system
5.64
Reconstructing this part is always difficult and seldom

produces satisfactory results.
Repair by coating can be attempted however, especially
on larger diameter kelly bar which can be accessed
using shorter electrodes. In this case apply small
amounts of material at a time and build up the layer with
numerous passes.
In any event, it is advisable to replace the complete
damaged section as described above.
5.7.4.13. Dampers and/or spring

If dampers and/or spring are damaged they must be replaced.
5-77
5.7.4.14. Kelly bar stub pin

This part must be checked regularly. As soon as significant play becomes apparent, the stub and
holder must be rebored and a pin of slightly larger diameter must be inserted.
IMPORTANT!
Use high strength hardened and tempered steel (eg. 36NiCrMo16 Bon - EN 10083/1)
5.7.4.15. Kelly bar stub

In case of failure the kelly bar stub must be replaced.
IMPORTANT!
Use high strength hardened and tempered steel (eg. 34CrMo4 Bon - EN 10083/1)
5-78
6. Disposal of the machine

The operations of demolition and disposal of the machine shall be entrusted to professionals only.
All components contaminated by oil or oil residuals must be considered “special” waste, subject to
disposal through authorized institutions.
To allow the reutilization of the raw materials it is important to separate:
• Mechanical parts
• Electric motors
• Rubber parts
• Parts in synthetic materials
Casagrande SpA cannot be held responsible for damages to people or things as a consequence of the
reutilization of single parts of the machine for functions or operating conditions different from the
originals, for which the machine was designed.
Casagrande SpA declines all responsibilities for damages to people or things as consequence of the
lack of compliance with the above mentioned rules and recommendations.
6-1
6-2
7. ANNEXED
Together with this manual, in a dedicated section, the following technical annexes are available:
• Electric / hydraulic diagrams

Electric diagram code 20544031501
Electric diagram code 20544013800
Electric diagram (Jean Lutz) code 20544029500
Hydraulic diagram (Jean Lutz) code 20542033300
Hydraulic diagram (Rotary) code 20542016700
Hydraulic diagram code 20542034702
• Diesel engine manual
Please refer to the annexes for any special requirement.
For any other information on components / parts of the machine please contact directly Casagrande SpA using the following co-
ordinates:
Casagrande SpA
Customer Assistance Center
Via A. Malignani,1 - 33074 Fontanafredda
Pordenone - Italy
Tel. 0434-9941
Fax 0434-997009
7-1
7-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Approvato/ Approved by
C. M.
INDICE
Data/ Date
INDEX
27-04-2004
A A
GRUPPO FOGLI FOGLIO TITOLO MODIFICHE OPZIONI DESCRIZIONE OPZIONI
Firma/ Sign.
Controllato/ Controlled by
C. V.
GROUP SHEETS SHEET TITLE REVISIONS OPTION OPTION SPECIFICATIONS
Data/ Date
01 01 MOTORE DIESEL 00 19-12-2003 A - ARGANO ANTERIORE ZOLLERN
27-04-2004
DIESEL ENGINE ZOLLERN FRONT WINCH
02 MOTORE DIESEL 00 19-12-2003 B - APPLICAZIONE "CFA"
DIESEL ENGINE "CFA"OPTION
Firma/ Sign.
03 MOTORE DIESEL 00 19-12-2003 C - OPZIONE "V3"
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B DIESEL ENGINE "V3"OPTION B
27-04-2004 U. D.
04 AVVIAMENTO DIESEL 01 27-04-2004 D - RISCALDATORE
DIESEL STARTING HEATER
Data/ Date
05 STRUMENTI MOTORE 00 19-12-2003 E - VIBRATORE
DIESEL INSTRUMENTS VIBRATOR
06 ALIMENTAZIONE CABINA 00 19-12-2003 K F - PULISCI ELICA
CABIN FEEDING AUGER CLEANER
07 ALLARMI 00 19-12-2003 G-
ALARMS
08 ARGANI 00 19-12-2003 H - FINECORSA ARGANI
WINCHES WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
C
09 ARGANI/TORRETTA 00 19-12-2003 I - ARGANO POSTERIORE ZOLLERN
C
WINCHES/UPPERSTRUCTURE ZOLLERN REAR WINCH
10 10 ARGANI/TORRETTA 00 19-12-2003 A-I J - ARGANO PULL-DOWN
WINCHES/UPPERSTRUCTURE PULL-DOWN WINCH
02 01 ROTARY 00 19-12-2003 K - PROIETTORI
ROTARY TABLE HEADLIGHT
02 ROTARY 01 27-04-2004 L - APPLICAZIONE KELLY
ROTARY TABLE DIAPHRAGM WALL KELLY OPTION
3 03 ARGANO PULL-DOWN 01 27-04-2004 M-P M - ARGANO PULL-DOWN IN CFA
Descrizione
Description
PULL-DOWN WINCH PULL-DOWN WINCH CFA MODE
04 1 01 FINECORSA ARGANI 01 27-04-2004 H N - APPLICAZIONE IDROPULITRICE
WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH HIGHT PRESSURE WATER CLEANER OPTION
D 05 01 PREDISPOSIZIONE RISCALDATORE 00 19-12-2003 D-T P - ARGANO PULL-DOWN IN PALI D
HEATER PREARRANGEMENT PULL-DOWN WINCH PILES MODE
2 02 ELETTROPOMPA PER INGRASSAGGIO 00 19-12-2003 U Q - PIEDE MAST
ELECTRIC GREASE PUMP MAST FOOT
07 01 SERVIZI 00 19-12-2003 A-I-L-N R - J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA
SERVICES J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
AGGIORNATO SCHEMA
02 SERVIZI 00 19-12-2003 E-F-Q S - OPZIONE "V2"
SERVICES "V2" OPTION
03 ESX1 - ALIMENTAZIONE 00 19-12-2003 T - CONDIZIONATORE
ESX1 - FEEDING CONDITIONER
04 ESX1 - COMUNICAZIONE 00 19-12-2003 U - ELETTROPOMPA PER INGRASSAGGIO
ESX1 - DATA COMMUNICATION ELECTRIC GREASE PUMP
E E
05 ESX1 - AI1..AI8 01 27-04-2004 C-S
06 ESX - DI01..DI08 00 19-12-2003 C-S
Indice
Index
01
Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
NOTE: INDEX
Foglio/ Sheet di fogli/ of sheets
B125 S / II
Disegnato/ Drawn by Data/ Date Sost. il/ Replaces Data/Date Firma/Signature
01 3
Per prescrizioni generali
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
specifications, see stds sh.
For general
INDICE
Tot. gruppi Tot. fogli
8-999014
Controll./ Checked by Data/ Date Sost.dal/ Replaced by Data/Date Firma/ Signature

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande INDEX
Tot. groups
11
Tot. sheets
58
F
33074 fontanafredda (pn) italy
Approvato/ Approved by Data/ Date File/ File 20544031501 Disegno/ Drawing Nr. E.M./ Revisions
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315-01
C. M. 19/12/03 SeeElectrical Expert versione 2.20
Il presente disegno e' di nostra proprie ta'. Si fa divieto a chiunque di riprodu rlo o renderlo noto a terzi senza nostra autorizzazione. Form./Size
The drawing remains the prop erty of Casagrande. Without our explicit autorization it may not be copied nor m ay its contents be made known to others. A 3
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
INDICE
Data/ Date
INDEX
27-04-2004
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
07 ESX - DI09..DI16 00 19-12-2003 B-J A - ARGANO ANTERIORE ZOLLERN
27-04-2004
ZOLLERN FRONT WINCH
08 ESX - DO01..DO06 01 27-04-2004 B - APPLICAZIONE "CFA"
"CFA"OPTION
Firma/ Sign.
09 ESX - DO07..DO12 01 27-04-2004 C - OPZIONE "V3"
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B "V3"OPTION B
27-04-2004 U. D.
10 ESX - BB1 01 27-04-2004 D - RISCALDATORE
HEATER
Data/ Date
11 ESX - BB2 01 27-04-2004 E - VIBRATORE
VIBRATOR
12 DISPLAY 01 27-04-2004 C-S F - PULISCI ELICA
DISPLAY AUGER CLEANER
13 SERVIZI 01 27-04-2004 G-
SERVICES
14 14 SCHEDA CONTROLLO LIMITI (MAST) 00 19-12-2003 H - FINECORSA ARGANI
MAST CONTROL CARD WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
08 1 01 RISALITA AUTOMATICA 01 27-04-2004 R I - ARGANO POSTERIORE ZOLLERN
C C
AUTOMATIC LIFTING ZOLLERN REAR WINCH
D 01 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 J - ARGANO PULL-DOWN
PART-LIST PULL-DOWN WINCH
02 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 K - PROIETTORI
PART-LIST HEADLIGHT
03 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 L - APPLICAZIONE KELLY
PART-LIST DIAPHRAGM WALL KELLY OPTION
04 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 M - ARGANO PULL-DOWN IN CFA
Descrizione
Description
PART-LIST PULL-DOWN WINCH CFA MODE
05 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 N - APPLICAZIONE IDROPULITRICE
PART-LIST HIGHT PRESSURE WATER CLEANER OPTION
D 06 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 P - ARGANO PULL-DOWN IN PALI D
PART-LIST PULL-DOWN WINCH PILES MODE
07 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 Q - PIEDE MAST
PART-LIST MAST FOOT
08 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 R - J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA
PART-LIST J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
AGGIORNATO SCHEMA
09 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 S - OPZIONE "V2"
PART-LIST "V2" OPTION
10 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 T - CONDIZIONATORE
PART-LIST CONDITIONER
11 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004 U - ELETTROPOMPA PER INGRASSAGGIO
PART-LIST ELECTRIC GREASE PUMP
E E
12 12 DISTINTA 01 27-04-2004
PART-LIST
LOC 01 LOCALIZZAZIONE 00 19-12-2003
Indice
Index
LOCALISATION
01
Gruppo/ Group
NOTE: INDEX
B125 S / II
02 3
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
INDICE
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande INDEX
Tot. groups
11
Tot. sheets
58
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315-01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
INDICE
Data/ Date
INDEX
27-04-2004
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
02 LOCALIZZAZIONE 00 19-12-2003 A - ARGANO ANTERIORE ZOLLERN
27-04-2004
LOCALISATION ZOLLERN FRONT WINCH
X 01 X1A - X1B 00 19-12-2003 B - APPLICAZIONE "CFA"
"CFA"OPTION
Firma/ Sign.
02 X1C - X1J 00 19-12-2003 C - OPZIONE "V3"
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B "V3"OPTION B
27-04-2004 U. D.
03 X101 01 27-04-2004 D - RISCALDATORE
HEATER
Data/ Date
04 X102 01 27-04-2004 E - VIBRATORE
VIBRATOR
05 X103 00 19-12-2003 F - PULISCI ELICA
AUGER CLEANER
06 X104 - X105 - X1 01 27-04-2004 G-
07 X701 00 19-12-2003 H - FINECORSA ARGANI

WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
08 X201 - X203 - X3 - X401 - X7 - X11 01 27-04-2004 I - ARGANO POSTERIORE ZOLLERN
C C
ZOLLERN REAR WINCH
09 X100A - X100B - X100C - X100D 00 19-12-2003 J - ARGANO PULL-DOWN
PULL-DOWN WINCH
10 10 ESX1 00 19-12-2003 K - PROIETTORI
HEADLIGHT
L - APPLICAZIONE KELLY
DIAPHRAGM WALL KELLY OPTION
M - ARGANO PULL-DOWN IN CFA
Descrizione
Description
PULL-DOWN WINCH CFA MODE
N - APPLICAZIONE IDROPULITRICE
HIGHT PRESSURE WATER CLEANER OPTION
D P - ARGANO PULL-DOWN IN PALI D
PULL-DOWN WINCH PILES MODE
Q - PIEDE MAST
MAST FOOT
R - J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA
J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
AGGIORNATO SCHEMA
S - OPZIONE "V2"
"V2" OPTION
T - CONDIZIONATORE
CONDITIONER
U - ELETTROPOMPA PER INGRASSAGGIO
ELECTRIC GREASE PUMP
E E
Indice
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
NOTE: INDEX
B125 S / II
03 3
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
INDICE
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande INDEX
Tot. groups
11
Tot. sheets
58
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315-01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- --
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
01/05.11
01/04.11
01/05.12
01/05.12
01/05.7
01/05.3
01/04.1
01/05.3
01/02.4
01/04.1
01/04.1
01/02.9
Firma/ Sign.
61
12
50
14
16
13
30C
1
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
B20
B40
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
-M1
-F103 +010
+010
50A
30 30
30 -F102
C +010 B41 C
125A
-S100
-K1M1
INTERRUTTORE 30A -K1G1
BATTERIA
12
B41
61
-F101 +010
+010 +010
Descrizione
Description
50A
10mmq
-G103 -S106
-S102 -S108 -S103 +010
+011
+011
-G101
-G102
D +010 +010 +010 D

-M101
-R1M1 -R1M2
+010 +010
1 1
01/03.1 MOTORE DIESEL
DIESEL ENGINE
GENERATORE MOTORINO TEMPERATURA LIVELLO PRESSIONE ACQUA NEL PRERISCALDO

E E
GENERATOR DI AVIAMENTO REFRIGERANTE REFRIGERANTE OLIO GASOLIO DIESEL
STARTING COOLING COOLING OIL DIESEL
Indice
Index
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LEVEL PRESSURE PREHEATING
00
Gruppo/ Group
01
B125 S / II
01
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
MOTORE DIESEL
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande DIESEL ENGINE
Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
Firma/ Sign.
B20 B20
01/04.1
+
2k
-S1 -S1PT -S1INC -S1DEC RD YE YE YE
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
-R101
0 +103 +102 +102 +102 -H1SL -H1DL -H1ML -H1WL
+103 -
+102 +102 +102 +102
B29A
B19A
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
470R 220R
-R103 -R102
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
+103 +103
01/01.12
B29
B19
B30
B20
B28
B37
B35
B36
B40
B01
B03
B04
B11
C C
01/01.11
Descrizione
Description
D D
+5VDC RITORNO SEGNALE RITORNO ISC3 TEST INC DEC. ACQUA NEL MOTORE DIAGNOSI MANUNTENZIONE PRERISCALDO
RETURN SIGNAL RETURN GASOLIO FERMO DIAGNOSTIC MOTORE DIESEL DIESEL
RPM INGRESSO
ENGINE DIESEL DIESEL ENGINE DIESEL
1400 DIAGNOSI SPIE
STOPPED MAINTENANCE PREHEATING
(SRTN B) WARNING DIAGNOSTIC
E ON/OFF INPUT E
Indice
Index
00
IMPOSTAZ.VELOCITA' TEST LAMPADE SPIA
INTERMDIA WARNING Modifiche/ Revisions
ACCELERATORE SPIE GUASTI
INTERMEDIATE LAMP TEST Gruppo/ Group
THROTTLE FAILLURE WARNING LIGHTS
SPEED VALIDATION
01
B125 S / II
02
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
MOTORE DIESEL
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- -- -- -- --
01/05.4 01/05.5 01/05.6 01/05.7 01/05.7
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B 6 6 B
01/04.1 01/04.1
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
-Q2M -Q3M -Q4M -Q5M -Q6M
2
+000 +000 +000 +000 +000
6A 6A 6A 10A 10A
-K113
01/07.2
C C
-K109
01/04.4
Descrizione
Description
1 1 1SD
01/01.11
1939S
1939L
1587L
PFT -
PFT +
1939H
1587H
D D
1M
2M
3M
4M
5M
6M
A19
A37
A27
A49
RPM
LIVELLO
SCHIELD
J1939 (+)
J1587 (+)
J1939 (-)
J1587 (-)
24VDC VP44 MAX
J1939
BATTERIA (-) CHIAVE D'AVVIAMENTO REFRIGERANTE
+
-
E COSTANTE E
BATTERY (-) IGNITION KEY BATTERIA (+) ALIMENTAZIONE COOLING
BATTERY FEEDING (+) LEVEL
Indice
J1939 J1587
Index
00
COMUNICAZIONE DATI
Gruppo/ Group
DATA COMMUNICATION
01
B125 S / II
03
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
MOTORE DIESEL
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
-- 01/03.14 01/04.11 --
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
A A
30C
01/01.2
6 3
01/06.1
Firma/ Sign.
01/04.6
-K104
C. V.
-Q101 -Q102
+000 +000 07/03.2
40A 6A
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
6
B 01/03.9 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
Data/ Date
7
-S101 30
0 I 2
A B
A X X -S101
B X +103
15 50
5
C C
15 15
01/02.14 01/05.1 -K119
01/07.10
-S105
+105
Descrizione
Description
D D
50
2 2
01/03.4 07/12.1
-SIST. COLLEGAMENTO K119

-K109
-U100 +000
2
01/01.6
16 +000 17
01/01.9 33 5
-K104
1 +000
E
1 1 E
01/01.1 01/05.1
CENTRALINA
MINIMO LIVELLO
Indice
Index
01
AVVIAMENTO MOTORE DIESEL
LIQUIDO REFRIGERANTE
DIESEL ENGINE STARTING Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
01
B125 S / II
04
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
AVVIAMENTO DIESEL
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande DIESEL STARTING
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
A - INTERVENTO MAGNETO TERMICI E - MINIMO LIVELLO OLIO IDRAULICO
ELECTRIC FAILURE HYDRAULIC OIL MINIMUM LEVEL
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
B - GENERATORE F-
A A
GENERATOR
Firma/ Sign.
C - MAX TEMPERATURA REFRIGERANTE G - MAX TEMPERATURA OLIO IDRAULICO
MAX COOLANT TEMPERATURE MAX TEMPERATURE HYDRAULIC OIL
-Q107 -Q108 -Q109 -Q130 -Q201 -Q401 -Q501 -Q701 D - MINIMA PRESSIONE OLIO MOTORE H - INTASAMENTO FILTRI OLIO IDR.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
01/06.4 01/06.8 01/07.2 01/08.2 02/01.2 10A
04/01.2 05/01.2 07/01.2 OIL DIESEL ENGINE MINIMUM PRESSURE HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS' BLOCCAGE
32 32 32 15 1
05/02.7
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B -Q710 -Q711 -Q712 -Q2M -Q3M -Q4M -Q5M -Q6M -Q801 B
01/07.5
01/01.10
01/01.4
07/03.8 07/03.10 07/05.2 01/03.5 01/03.6 01/03.7 01/03.8 01/03.9 10A
08/01.5
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
05/02.7
15 15
01/04.9
61
19
53
8
C C
1(-) 6(+) 8(+)

-P102 3(-) 2(+) 1(+) -P101
-H101
+101 +101 B D F H
+101
1
4(G) 5(G) 8(G) 2(W)
12
Descrizione
Description
A C E G
32
D D
1
13
18
14
47
49
9
01/01.10
01/01.8
01/01.4
01/01.7
01/07.3
01/07.4
-S104
+012
E E
1 1
Indice
Index
01/04.14 01/06.1
00
Gruppo/ Group
01
B125 S / II
05
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
STRUMENTI MOTORE
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande DIESEL INSTRUMENTS
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- --
01/05.2 01/05.3
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
Firma/ Sign.
3 3
01/04.14 01/07.1
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
-Q107 -Q108
+000 +000
10A 16A
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
24V
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
24
C -S107 C
+012 CABINA
CABIN
ALIM. SERVIZI COLLEGARE I PROIETTORI
CABINA SULL'INTERUTTORE
DEL IMPIANTO CABINA
Descrizione
Description
25
D D
150
K
-M103
-H110 -H111
+K155 +K155
1
01/05.14 01/07.1
POMPA CARICAMENTO ALIMENTAZIONE CABINA

E PROIETTORI E
CARBURANTE CABIN FEEDING
HEADLIGHT
Indice
Index
00
PROIETTORI
K
HEADLIGHT Gruppo/ Group
01
B125 S / II
06
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ALIMENTAZIONE CABINA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande CABIN FEEDING
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 01/03.4 01/07.7 01/04.11
01/05.3 01/07.3 01/07.11
01/08.2
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
07/01.2
A A
Firma/ Sign.
3
01/06.14 01/08.1
-Q109
+000
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
10A
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
45 45 45
B B
-S123 TRASLAZIONE
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
+150
-S115
+151
52
136
C 100°C 40°C 50°C C
-S109 -K113 -S113 -S114 -S112 -K115 -S121 -S122 -K119
+151 01/07.2 +151 +151 +151 01/07.6 +109 +100 01/07.10
-V102
47
49
53
-V101
140
113
56
01/10.13
Descrizione
Description
01/05.13
01/05.14
01/05.13
D D
07/06.8
46
57
58
54
-Y105
+152 -H136
DI5
+155
-K113 -K115 -Y102 -K119

+000 +000 +151 -H107 +000
+100
1 1
01/06.14 01/08.1
E LIVELLO MAX INTASAMENTO IMPIANTO DI CLACSON ALLARME E
MINIMO TEMPERATURA FILTRI RAFFREDAMENTO ROTAZIONE TORRETTA E

SERVOCOMANDI
Indice
TRASLAZIONE CINGOLI
Index
00
SERVOCONTROLS
OLIO IDRAULICO
HYDRAULIC OIL Gruppo/ Group
01
B125 S / II
07
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ALLARMI
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande ALARMS
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 01/08.11 01/08.13 02/03.7 01/08.5 01/10.2 01/08.7 01/08.7 01/08.7
01/05.4 01/10.2 01/10.4 01/10.4 -- 01/08.13
01/10.8 01/10.10 01/10.10 02/03.6 01/10.11
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
07/01.6 07/01.7 01/10.9 02/03.7 07/01.8
A A
3
01/07.14 02/01.1
Firma/ Sign.
-Q130
+000
10A
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
63
01/09.1
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
62
B -K119 01/09.1 B
01/07.10
64 64
01/09.1
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
64 64
-K409 -S135
04/01.14 0 I
8 -S133 -S135
-S206 -K134A A X
LIB 01/08.8
+100 +103 -K135
02/02.13 01/08.12
01/08.12
76
C C
-S131
70
69
I 0 2 -S133
A B
-S131 A X 01/08.9 -K705
+103 B X 07/01.10
74
-K133 -K130
Descrizione
Description
77
01/08.6 01/08.9
73
72
D -K131 -K132 D
08/01.2 -K135 01/08.2 01/08.3
01/08.12
67
78
68
71
-K131 -K132 -K132A -K133 -K134 -K134A -K130 -K135 GN

+000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +000 -H135
+102
1 1 1
01/07.14 01/09.1
E ANTERIORE POSTERIORE E
FRONT REAR ATTIVAZIONE SELEZIONE

SET ON SELECTION
Indice
Index
00
SELEZIONE
SELECTION FLOTTANTE/LIBERA
Gruppo/ Group
FLOATING/FREE FALL
01
B125 S / II
08
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ARGANI
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande WINCHES
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
L.H.S. JOYSTYCK
01/10.9 01/10.14 07/01.5 07/01.6 01/10.12 01/09.12 01/10.12
-S141
RD
RD
RD
RD
01/10.10 07/02.13 07/02.14
+110 2 3
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 1 4
A 5 6 A
BL
BLU
GN
YE
GR
WH
Y/G
8
01/09.6
01/09.8
--
01/09.10
--
--
01/09.11
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
63
01/08.14 01/10.1
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B 62 -K141 -K706 B
01/08.14 01/09.11 07/11.2
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
64
01/08.14
62
02/03.1
C 1 2 4 8 C
-S136 -S143 -S141 -S141 -S141 -S141
86
+150 +150
01/09.13 01/09.13 01/09.13 01/09.13
Descrizione
Description
D D
81
80
82
83
84
85
-K136 -K137 -K138 -K139 -K140 -K141 RD
+000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +000 -H141
+102
1 1 1
01/08.14 01/10.1
E ARGANI TORRETTA DISCESA SALITA FLOTTANTE BLOCCO/SBLOCCO E
WINCHES UPPERSTRUCTURE LOWERING LIFTING SWING LOCKING/RELEASE
Indice
Index
00
SBLOCCO FRENO PULISCI ELICA ROTAZIONE TORRETTA
BRAKE RELEASE AUGER CLEANER UPPERSTRUCTURA SWING Gruppo/ Group
01
B125 S / II
09
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ARGANI/TORRETTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande WINCHES/UPPERSTRUCTURE
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
63 63
01/09.14 02/03.1
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
-K131 -K132 -K131 -K132
01/08.2 01/08.3 01/08.2 01/08.3
-K141
Firma/ Sign.
01/09.11
102
115
118
120
122
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
-K134
-K134 01/08.7 -K136 -K134 -K140
01/08.7 01/09.2 01/08.7 01/09.10
117
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
114 121
B 116 B
-K137
Data/ Date
119
125
19-12-2003
-K705 01/09.4
103
07/01.10
123
116A
-K134 -K136 -K801 -K135
-K401 01/08.7 01/09.2 08/01.8 01/08.12
04/01.2
-K706
07/11.2
126
-K403 -K404 -K401 -K402 -K402
124
C 04/01.5 04/01.6 04/01.2 04/01.3 04/01.3 C
112
A
I
107
108
105
106
CON ARGANO
110
111
113
CON ARGANO RIMUOVERE CON ARG.
ANT. ZOLLERN POST. ZOLLERN POSTERIORE ZOLLERN 01/07.14
109
I
Descrizione
104
Description
A-I I
D -Y110 -Y111 -Y104 D

-Y115 a b a b -Y118 a b -Y120 -Y122
+A150 +150 +150 +150 +150 +154 +150
1 1
01/09.14 02/01.1
a-ANTERIORE / b-POSTERIORE a-ANTERIORE / b-POSTERIORE POSTERIORE a-ANTERIORE / b-POSTERIORE
LIBERA (ZOLLERN) BY-PASS FLOTTANTE SBLOCCO FRENO
SALITA DISCESA SBLOCCO FRENO SWING BRAKE RELEASE
LIFTING LOWERING BRAKE RELEASE
TORRETTA
ARGANI UPPERSTRUCTURE
E E
WINCHES
Indice
ARGANO ANTERIORE ZOLLERN COLLEGARE VALVOLA PONTEGGIARE FILO n°104,n°124
Index
A A A
00
-Y115
ZOLLERN FRONT WINCH CONNECT A VALVE JUMP WIRE
ARGANO POSTERIORE ZOLLERN COLLEGARE VALVOLA PONTEGGIARE FILO RIMUOVERE PONTE RIMUOVERE VALVOLA
I I I I I
Gruppo/ Group
-Y115 n°104,n°109 n°111,n°126 -Y118
ZOLLERN REAR WINCH CONNECT A VALVE JUMP WIRE REMOVE JUMP REMOVE VALVE
01
B125 S / II
10
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ARGANI/TORRETTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande WINCHES/UPPERSTRUCTURE
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 02/03.8 02/03.9
01/05.5
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
Firma/ Sign.
3
01/08.3 04/01.1
-Q201
+000
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
10A
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B 201 201 B
02/02.1
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
-S204 -S205
+150 +150
C C
07/07.8 07/07.9
Descrizione
Description
D D
DI12
DI13
-K204 -K205
+000 +000
1 1
01/10.14 02/02.1
AVANTI INDIETRO
E E
FORWARD REVERSE
Indice
Index
00
ROTARY
ROTARY TABLE Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
02
B125 S / II
01
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ROTARY
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande ROTARY TABLE
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
R.H. JOYSTYCK
-S206
C. M.
RD
RD
RD
RD
02/02.7 02/02.7 02/02.8
+104 2 3
02/02.9 02/02.12
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 1 4
02/02.12
Data/ Date
5 6
27-04-2004
--
BL
BLU
GN
YE
GR
WH
Y/G
A A
8
07/07.5
02/02.4
02/02.6
02/02.10
02/02.2
--
01/08.6
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
201 201 201
02/01.14
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
201 201
B 07/07.4 -K218 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
02/02.10
Data/ Date
5 2 3 4
-S206 -S206 -S206 -K216 -S206
MIN MED 02/02.4 MAX
02/02.13 02/02.13 02/02.13 02/02.13
236
216
233
215
214
BB23
-K218 -K217
C 02/02.10 02/02.6
C
235
234
230
228
-K217 -K217
Descrizione
Description
02/02.6 02/02.6
07/11.8
229
D -Y220 D
a b
+200 1
07/08.4
-K216 GN -K217 GN GN -K218
+000 -H218 +000 -H216 -H217 +000
+102 +102 +102
1 1 1
02/01.14 02/03.1
AGGIORNAMENTO
BLOCCO CILINDRATA /
ROTAZIONE KELLY a-MINIMA / b-MEDIA
MINIMA MEDIA MASSIMA
E E
CILINDRATA MOTORE ROTARY
ROTARY'S MOTOR DISPLACEMENT
Indice
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
02
B125 S / II
02
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ROTARY
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande ROTARY TABLE
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
02/03.6 02/03.8 02/03.6 02/03.14 02/03.7
02/03.11 02/03.12
63 63 63
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
01/10.14
A A
287
-K200
Firma/ Sign.
07/09.11 A B 0 = AUTOMATISMO OFF
-S226 1 = AUTOMATISMO ON
C. V.
01/09.2 +000 -K220 -K229 -K229
-S226 BB15
02/03.3 02/03.5 02/03.5
Data/ Date
0 I 07/10.10
27-04-2004
286
A X 274
B X
Firma/ Sign.
-K132A
Disegnato/ Drawn by
63
B 01/08.4 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
273
64
Data/ Date
-K227
286
M 02/03.1
278
275 292
-S227 -S228 -S225 -S221
+M150 +M150 +150 +150
-K134A -K226 -K200
C 01/08.8 02/03.6 07/09.11 C
280
278
279
276
282
283
277
284
-K220 -K134A -K228 -K204 -K205
285
02/03.3 01/08.8 02/03.2 02/01.6 02/01.8
289
281
Descrizione
Description
M-P
P
-Y208
D M a b D
2772
+MP700
-Y229
-Y219 -Y211
+P700
+M150 1 +M150 1
-K227 -K228 -K220 -K229 -K226 07/02.8
CAMBIATO PIN X203-1

+000 +000 +000 +000 +000
1 1 1
02/02.14 04/01.1
SALITA DISCESA SPINTA TIRO TENSIONAMENTO RITARATURA SBLOCCO BY-PASS RITARATURA
E E
SPINTA FRENO TENSIONAMENTO
ARGANO POSTERIORE
FUNE
Indice
Index
01
ARGANO PULL-DOWN
ARGANO PULL-DOWN IN CFA COLLEGARE VALVOLA
M M
-Y208 a/b PULL-DOWN WINCH
PULL-DOWN WINCH CFA MODE CONNECT A VALVE Gruppo/ Group
P
ARGANO PULL-DOWN IN PALI
PULL-DOWN WINCH PILES MODE P
COLLEGARE VALVOLA
CONNECT A VALVE
-Y208a,-Y229 02
B125 S / II
03
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ARGANO PULL-DOWN
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande PULL-DOWN WINCH
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
-- 01/10.2 01/10.6 01/10.3 01/10.4 04/01.4 01/08.2
01/05.6 01/10.5 01/10.7 08/01.2 04/01.7
04/01.14
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
07/01.10
A 3 A
02/01.3 05/01.1
-Q401
Firma/ Sign.
+000
C. V.
10A
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
401
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
H
Data/ Date
-S107
-S405 0 I -S413 -K408
X +155 04/01.9
+106
-S401 -S402
-K408 -S403 -S404 -K408 -K201
04/01.9 +400 +400 04/01.9 07/09.13
C C
SENZA -S401
SENZA -S402
402
403
07/07.11
-K705
07/01.10
405
07/11.10
07/06.13
DI8
DI14
Descrizione
Description
404
H 405
4101
D RD D
-K401 -K402 -K403 -K404 -K408 -H405A -H405 -Y403 -K409

+000 +000 +000 +000 +000 +102 +106 +150 +000
1
02/03.14 05/01.1
AGG. CONTATTO -K201

ANTERIORE POSTERIORE ANTERIORE POSTERIORE LIMITE DISCESA
BY-PASS LIMITI
FRONT REAR FRONT REAR PANTOGRAFO
DISCESA SALITA
LOWERING LIFTING
E FINECORSA ARGANI E
WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
Indice
Index
01
FINECORSA ARGANI RIMUOVERE PONTE COLLEGARE

H H H
Gruppo/ Group
n°401,n°402,n°403 -S401,-S402
WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH REMOVE JUMP CONNECT
04
B125 S / II
01
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
FINECORSA ARGANI
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande WINCHS LIMIT SWITCH
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 05/01.14
01/05.7
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
04/01.3 05/02.2
A A
-Q501
Firma/ Sign.
+000
10A
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
D T
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
511 -COND
+T100
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
511 511. .511
-S
-S501 A B -F2 0 1 2 3 -F2A
+D108 A X
10A 7,5A
B X
C X
X X X
rd
-S501 D
I 0 2
C A X C
A B C D
INT. KC
-S
2.
B X VENTILAZIONE 05/01.12
1.
3 VELOCITA'
L M N
gn
or ANTIBRINA
ye
wh
Descrizione
Description
-RISC
+D100 520
L M N
rd bl/bk
D BINARY D
524
RESISTORE
bk 523
ELETTROVENTOLA
KC C
ABITACOLO COMPRESSORE
1 1 .1
E E
04/01.14 05/02.2
Indice
Index
00
RISCALDATORE
D
HEATER Gruppo/ Group
CONDIZIONATORE
05
T CONDITIONER Foglio/ Sheet di fogli/ of sheets
B125 S / II
01
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
PREDISPOSIZIONE RISCALDATORE
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande HEATER PREARRANGEMENT
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
--
05/02.8
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
3
07/01.1
Firma/ Sign.
05/01.4
15
01/05.9
-Q502
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
+U000
6A
-Q502
Firma/ Sign.
U
Disegnato/ Drawn by
05/02.5
B B
32
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
01/05.9
C C
U
531
1
BLUE
Descrizione
Description
-S510 3
-M
D D
2
BROWN
1
05/01.4 07/01.1
ELETTROPOMPA PER INGRASSAGGIO

E E
Indice
Index
U
00
Gruppo/ Group
05
B125 S / II
02
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general

8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande ELECTRIC GREASE PUMP
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- 07/01.3 07/01.13 01/08.13
01/05.8 01/10.6
04/01.13
3
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
05/02.13 07/03.2 --
A A
-Q701
+000
Firma/ Sign.
10A
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
701
Firma/ Sign.
-K119
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B 01/07.10
B
702 702
N 07/02.13
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
702 702
-K138 -K139 07/02.1
-QID 01/09.6 01/09.8 -K701
+N155 -S701A -K135 -S702 07/01.5
A A
+N155 01/08.12 0 I -S702
A X +L108
703 L
7083
C 708 C
709
A 702
-S701B -K702
708
+N155
GN
07/01.2
I
07/02.3
07/01.3
-K201
07/09.13
704
708
Descrizione
Description
7071
-V701
-S701B GN
704
7081
7082
-K702 +N155
07/01.2
+N155 -K408
707
D D
04/01.9
-K131 -K132
710
01/08.2 01/08.3
L
7072
-Y708
708 -Y701
07/02.3 -Y705 +156
+N150
-K701 -K705 +L150
+000 +000
1
05/02.13 07/02.1
IDROPULITRICE RECUPERA TUBI 1 » A - ESTENSIONE CINGOLI

E 2 » B - ARG. ZOLLERN E
WATER CLEANER RECOVERY REEL
SERVIZI ESTERNI
RECUPERA TUBI
Indice
ARGANO ANTERIORE ZOLLERN PONTEGGIARE FILO
Index
A A
00
n°7083,n°7081
ZOLLERN FRONT WINCH JUMP WIRE
ARGANO POSTERIORE ZOLLERN PONTEGGIARE FILO
I I
n°7083,n°7082
ZOLLERN REAR WINCH JUMP WIRE Gruppo/ Group
L
APPLICAZIONE KELLY
DIAPHRAGM WALL KELLY OPTION L
COLLEGARE
CONNECT
-S702 ; -Y705 N
APPLICAZIONE IDROPULITRICE
HIGHT PRESSURE WATER CLEANER OPTION
07
B125 S / II
01
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
SERVIZI
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande SERVICES
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-S702A -S703 -S726 -S727
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
I 0 2 I 0 2 0 I I 0 2
A A
Q A X A X E A X A X
B X B X B X B X
Firma/ Sign.
702 702 702
07/01.12 07/01.14
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A
A B A B A B A B A B A B
-S702A -S703 -S726 -S727 -K138 -K139
+Q106 +108 +E108 +E108 01/09.6 01/09.8
Firma/ Sign.
B
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
708 708
07/01.9
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
710
07/01.14
775
776
C C
714
715
712
713
772
773
774
E F
Descrizione
Description
-Y726 -Y727 -Y728
-Y702
D +156 -Y703 a b a b
D
a b +E700 +E700 +F700
+150
1 1 1
07/01.14 07/03.2 02/03.14
1 » A - SOLLEVA / 2 » B - ABBASSA a-RIENTRO / b-ESTENSIONE a-APRE / b-CHIUDE a-DISCESA / INSERISCE
b-SALITA / DISINSERISCE
PIEDE MAST ESTENSIONE CINGOLI VIBRATORE PINZA VIBRATORE
MAST FOOT TRAKS EXTENSION VIBRATOR VIBRATOR'S PLIERS PULISCI ELICA
AUGER CLEANER
E VIBRATORE COLLEGARE E
E VIBRATOR E CONNECT
-S726,-S727;-Y726,-Y727
Indice
PULISCI ELICA COLLEGARE
Index
F F
00
-Y728a/b
AUGER CLEANER CONNECT
PIEDE MAST COLLEGARE

Q Q
Gruppo/ Group
-S702A
MAST FOOT CONNECT
07
B125 S / II
02
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
SERVIZI
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande SERVICES
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-- --
01/05.2 01/05.2
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
3
08/01.1
Firma/ Sign.
07/01.3
-Q711
+000
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
6 25A
01/04.8
Firma/ Sign.
-Q710
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B +000 B
07/12.1
2A
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
1
07/02.7 07/04.1
UB
D+
C 07/12.1 C
UE
UB
07/05.1
Descrizione
Description
UB
07/12.1 07/12.1
D D
1 (GND-XGND) UB UB
1D+
07/06.1
-ESX1
55 65 66 67 68 28 54 56 57 58 59 60
GND/D GND/1 GND/1 GND/2 GND/2 D+ UE UB UB UB UB UB
EMERGENCY PERMANENT
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
07
B125 S / II
03
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ESX1 - ALIMENTAZIONE
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande ESX1 - FEEDING
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
Firma/ Sign.
1
07/03.4 07/06.1
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
CANH
Firma/ Sign.
07/12.1
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
CANL
07/12.1
C C
-R701+000
120R 1/2W 1%
Descrizione
Description
RD
CANL
CAN2L
CANH
CAN2H
TD
D D
-ESX1
27 26 53 33 4 5
CAN1H CAN1L CAN2H CAN2L RxD TxD
(RS232) (RS232)
E E
Indice
Index
00
COMUNICAZIONE CAN COMUNICAZIONE RS232
CAN COMUNICATION RS232 COMUNICATION Modifiche/ Revisions
Gruppo/ Group
07
B125 S / II
04
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ESX1 - COMUNICAZIONE
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande ESX1 - DATA COMMUNICATION
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
-- -SAX / -SAY PIEDE MAST STATO OUTUTS
01/05.3 PIN -SAX ; -SAY
UB 1 » +Ub (5....24V) FRONT
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
07/03.14 07/06.1 3 4 2 » GND
A 5 A
3 » earth
2 6 4 » analog ground R-F
C-S
Firma/ Sign.
VE85 5 » 4...20mA output >12mA
1 7 6 » RxD
C. V.
-DMI 7 » TxD LEFT RIGHT
+CS700 12mA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
-SAX -SAY
+CS700 +CS700 L-R
2 1 1
<12mA
VE85
-U704 3 5 5
Firma/ Sign.
REAR
Disegnato/ Drawn by
+700 4 4
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
1 2 2
Data/ Date
AIGN1 AIGN1
AI1
VE85 VE85
C C
-Q712
SET-UP
+000
1A
Descrizione
Description
VE85
AI1
AI2
AI3
AI4
AI5
AI6
AI7
AI8
AIGND
D D
-ESX1
ELIMINATA GESTIONE HS
1 23 6 29 7 30 8 31 9 32
AI/GND 8,5VDC AI/1 AI/2 AI/3 AI/4 AI/5 AI/6 AI/7 AI/8
ANALOG INPUT OUTPUT ON/OFF
4...20mA 4...20mA 4...20mA mA
GROUND MAX 1A
E E
ASSE'X' ASSE'X' ASSE'Y' DISPONIBILE DISPONIBILE DISPONIBILE DISPONIBILE SET '0'
RALLA MAST AVAILABLE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ASSE'X'
Indice
Index
01
SENSORE INCLINOMETRI Modifiche/ Revisions
ROTATIVO MAST Gruppo/ Group
C
OPZIONE "V3"
"V3"OPTION
07
OPZIONE "V2"
B125 S / II
S 05
"V2" OPTION D. ULLIANA 19/12/03

For general
ESX1 - AI1..AI8
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande Tot. groups Tot. sheets
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
INCLINAZIONE MAST
INTERVENTO FINECORSA
FALCHETTO
UB
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
07/03.14 07/13.2 -S723 -S723A -S722A -S722
A -3° -1° 0° 1° 3° A
Firma/ Sign.
UB
07/05.6 07/07.2 SX DX
C-S
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
XB2 - +
UB
Firma/ Sign.
+CS400 -S723 -S722 07/07.6 <12mA >12mA
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B +700 +700 U704 B
-PX1 -PX2 -3° +3° -S707 A B A
-S707 +108
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
+CS400 +CS400 I 0 2
X PIEDE MAST
723
722
A
B X
744
-S723A -S722A 07/10.1
+700 +700
-1° +1°
C 1 C
470R 470R
DI1
DI2
-R703 -R704
01/07.10
04/01.10
07/10.1
+CS700 +CS700
1
Descrizione
Description
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7
DI8
D D
07/04.7 07/08.1 07/13.4 07/13.4
-ESX1
34 12 35 13 36 14 37 15
DI/01 DI/02 DI/03 DI/04 DI/05 DI/06 DI/07 DI/08
E E
SENSORE 1 SENSORE 2 SINISTRO DESTRO SERVOCOMANDI SINCRONISMO MICRO DI ZERO BY-PASS LIMITI
Indice
Index
00
PROXIMITY 1 PROXIMITY 2 LEFT RIGHT SERVOCONTROLS SYNCHRONOUS MODE MICRO OF ZERO LIMITS BY-PASS
Gruppo/ Group
MISURA PROFONDITA' INCLINAZIONE MAST
OPZIONE "V3" DEPTH METER MAST INCLINATION 07
C "V3"OPTION Foglio/ Sheet di fogli/ of sheets
B125 S / II
06
OPZIONE "V2" D. ULLIANA 19/12/03

S
For general
"V2" OPTION ESX - DI01..DI08

8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
~94° INCLINAZIONE MAST ASSE 'Y'
STATO DELL' -S706
A RIPOSO
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
CONTATTO CHIUSO
A ~ 71° A
Firma/ Sign.
PREMUTO
CONTATTO APERTO
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
0° MAST
ORIZONTALE
UB
Firma/ Sign.
07/06.7 J
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
201 UB
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
02/02.10 07/06.11
B -S706
1
-S710
+B700 -S710 0 I -S222
LIM.SUP.
-S206
LIM.INF.
1-WH
1-WH
3-RD
HS +108 +J700
A X
02/02.13
C C
04/01.14
02/01.7
02/01.9
Descrizione
DI9
DI10
DI11
DI12
DI13
DI14
DI15
DI16
Description
-ESX1
D D
38 16 39 17 40 18 41 19
DI/09 DI/10 DI/11 DI/12 DI/13 DI/14 DI/15 DI/16
BLOCCO HS / TAGLIO 2° ABILITAZIONE AVANTI INDIETRO LIMITE INFERIORE LIMITE SUPERIORE

FINECORSA
LOCKING HS / 2° SPEED CUT ENABLE FORWARD REVERSE LOWER LIMIT UPPER LIMIT
PANTOGRAFO
E DISCESA MAST VERTICALITA' E
PANTOGRAPH
MAST LOWERING VERTICALITY ROTARY ARGANO PULL-DOWN
LIMIT SWITCH
ROTARY TABLE PULL-DOWN WINCH
Indice
Index
00
APPLICAZIONE "CFA" COLLEGARE
B "CFA"OPTION B CONNECT
-S706
Gruppo/ Group
J
ARGANO PULL-DOWN
PULL-DOWN WINCH J
COLLEGARE
CONNECT
-S222 07
B125 S / II
07
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ESX - DI09..DI16
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
-ESX1
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
A 4A c.m. 4A c.m. 4A c.m. 4A c.m 4A c.m. 4A A
D0/01 D0/02 D0/03 D0/04 D0/05 D0/06
Firma/ Sign.
46 47 48 49 64 61
C. V.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
D01
D02
DO3
DO4
DO5
DO6
Data/ Date
C C
-Y204 -Y203
+200 1 +200
02/02.14 -Y206
-Y205 a b -Y216
+150 +150 +150
Descrizione
Description
1
07/06.2 07/09.1
a-SPINTA LAVORO / ANTIORARIA
D b-SPINTA VELOCE INDIETRO D
REGOLAZ.CILINDR. DISINSERIMENTO TAGLIO 2° VEL.
REVERSE
MOTORI ROTARY GIUNTO INDIETRO PULL-DOWN / ROTAZIONE KELLY
ROTARY'S MOTORS 2° SPEED PULL-DOWN / KELLY ROTATION ROTARY
DISPL. ADJUSTMENT CUT-OFF ROTARY TABLE
-Y206 SEMPRE PRESENTE

E E
Indice
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
07
B125 S / II
08
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ESX - DO01..DO06
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
02/03.10 07/11.5
02/03.5 07/01.10
04/01.8
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
--
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
-ESX1
4A 4A 2,5A 2,5A 2,5A 2,5A
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
DO/07 DO/08 DO/09 DO/10 DO/11 DO/12
62 63 24 2 25 3
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
Data/ Date
DO8
DO9
DO7
DO11
DO12
DO10
C C
07/10.1
Descrizione
Description
D D
GN
-Y218 -Y224 GN -H708 -K200 -K201
+150 +150 -H219 +102 +000 +000
+102
1
07/08.14 07/10.1
-SOSTITUITO -K201
AVANTI 1° POMPA CFA KELLY
VERTICALITA'
ALIMENTAZIONE
BLOCCO VERTICALITY
TAGLIO 2° VEL. DANFOSS
LOCKING
E AVANTI E
DANFOSS
AVANTI ROTARY 2° SPEED POWER SUPPLY
FORWARD
Indice
CUT-OFF
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
07
B125 S / II
09
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ESX - DO07..DO12
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-ESX1
C. M.
OUT OUT IN IN OUT OUT
20..80%UB 20..80%UB 0..32V 0..32V 4A c.m. 4A c.m.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
A BB1/1 BB1/2 BB1/3 BB1/4 BB1/5 BB1/6 A
42 20 43 21 44 22
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
BB11
BB12
BB13
BB14
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
SINISTRO DESTRO
LEFT RIGHT
Firma/ Sign.
07/13.4 07/13.4
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
-S711 -S712
+108 +108
Data/ Date
+/-
+/-
+/-
+/-
S
BB16
BB15
07/13.4 07/13.4
742
747
744 744
07/06.11
C C
DI7 DI7
02/03.8
07/06.11
DO9
07/09.7
Descrizione
Description
-Y711 -Y712
+156 +156
D D
-Y207
a b
+150
1 1
-Y207 SEMPRE PRESENTE

07/09.14 07/11.1
12-6V » A - ABBASSA 12-6V » A - ABBASSA a-TIRO LAVORO / ORARIA
12-18V » B - SOLLEVA 12-18V » B - SOLLEVA b-TIRO VELOCE
SINISTRO DESTRO
LEFT RIGHT PULL-DOWN / ROTAZIONE KELLY
PULL-DOWN / KELLY ROTATION
E E
INCLINAZIONE MAST
MAST INCLINATION
Indice
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
07
B125 S / II
10
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ESX - BB1
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
01/09.13
01/10.14
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
A A
-ESX1
OUT OUT IN IN
Firma/ Sign.
4A c.m. 4A c.m. 0..32V 0..32V
C. V.
BB2/1 BB2/2 BB2/3 BB2/4 BB2/5 BB2/6
45 11 50 51 52 10
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
405
BB23
BB25
BB26
-K201
Data/ Date
07/09.13
02/02.2
04/01.8
C C
232
219
BB21
BB22
-Y213
Descrizione
Description
-K706 GN GN
+000 -H215 -H220
+200
+102 +102
1
D 07/10.14 07/13.2 D
BLOCCO / SBLOCCO BLOCCO REG.AUTOM.
ABILITAZIONE ROTAZIONE KELLY ROTARY FINECORSA SALITA DISPONIBILE DISPONIBILE
BLOCCO
ROTAZIONE TORRETTA, ARGANO POSTERIORE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE
REG. AUTOM. BLOCCO/SBLOCCO
ROTAZIONE KELLY LIFTING LIMIT SWITCH
REAR WINCH
COLLEGATO BB24
E E
Indice
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
07
B125 S / II
11
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ESX - BB2
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
C-S
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
X100A X100B X100C - X100D DISPLAY
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B CONNETTORE CONNETTORE COLLEGAMENTO B
27-04-2004 U. D.
IN CABINA DI BY-PASS CONNETTORE IN CABINA -D701
+DISP
Data/ Date
IN CABINA CONNETTORE SU DISPLAY
1 1
07/03.4
UB UB
07/03.14
UE
07/03.9
C CANH CANH C
07/04.4
120R 1/2W 1%
-R702
CANL CANL
07/04.6 +100
2
01/04.9
D+
07/03.6
Descrizione
Description
D D
RSRXD RSRXD
RSTXD RSTXD
SISTEMATI PIN X100D

E E
Indice
OPZIONE "V3"
Index
C
01
"V3"OPTION
OPZIONE "V2"
S
"V2" OPTION Gruppo/ Group
07
B125 S / II
12
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISPLAY
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande DISPLAY
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
A A
Firma/ Sign.
UB
07/06.10
C. V.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
-U710 LIMITS CONTROL UNIT OF
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
MAST INCLINATION RAMS
+000
R5
R6
Data/ Date
UB
4 321
OFF IIII SW
ELETTROVALVOLA DX
ELETTROVALVOLA SX
CONSENSO DISCESA
LIMITE INCLINAZ. DX
LIMITE INCLINAZ. SX
ON
MANIPOLATORE DX
MANIPOLATORE SX
CONSENSO SALITA
R5/R6 COM. POS.
R5/R6 COM. GND

R5 - SEGNALE
R6 - SEGNALE
SW COM.
SW 1
SW 2
SW 3
SW 4
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
C C
BB11
07/10.2
742
07/10.2
BB12
Descrizione
Description
07/10.4
747
07/10.4
D D
DI3
07/06.6
ELIMINATA GESTIONE HS
DI4
07/06.7
1 1
07/11.14 08/01.1
E E
Indice
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
07
B125 S / II
13
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
SERVIZI
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande SERVICES
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
07/14.7 07/14.7 07/14.7 07/14.7
07/14.9 07/14.9 07/14.9 07/14.9
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A A
SCHEDA LIMITI MANIPOLATORE MANIPOLATORE
Firma/ Sign.
INCLINAZIONE MAST U710 SEGNALE SX SEGNALE DX
97903160 1 3
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
-C1 10µF -C2 10µF
-K3 -K3
63V 07/14.9 07/14.9
63V + +
Firma/ Sign.
S S
-R5 -R6
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B -V1 -V2 - 0 - 0 B
-K2 1N4007 1N4007 -K1
07/14.6 07/14.4
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
1 4 OFF
SW -K1 -K2
ON 07/14.4 -V3 -V4 07/14.6
1N4007 1N4007
-K4 -K4
07/14.11 07/14.11
C C
2 4
14 15 16 17 18 ELETTROVALVOLA ELETTROVALVOLA 10 13 11 12
SX. DX. +VDC GND SEGNALE SEGNALE
R5/R6 R5/R6 R5 R6
Descrizione
Description
FINECORSA FINECORSA CONSENSO CONSENSO NEGATIVO
D LIMITE SX. LIMITE DX. SALITA DISCESA (GROUND) D
6 7 8 9 5
4K7 4K7 4K7 4K7

-R1 -R2 -R3 -R4
-K1 -V5 -K2 -V6 -K3 -V7 -K4 -V8

E E
1N4007 -V9 1N4007 -V10 1N4007 -V11 1N4007 -V12
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
07
B125 S / II
14
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
SCHEDA CONTROLLO LIMITI (MAST)

8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande MAST CONTROL CARD
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
08/01.6 01/10.10
08/01.11 --
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
A A
3
07/03.14
Firma/ Sign.
-Q801
C. V.
+000
10A
--
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
01/05.8
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
-U801
R J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
Data/ Date
+R100
CONTROLLER
801
801
01/08.4
B2T....
MRWR (0..3A)
ACTIVATED
-K802
CONTROL
SIGNAL
08/01.2
68
C C
SIGNAL GND
SIGNAL OUT
AUTOMATIC
ENABLING
LIFTING
24VDC
24VDC
COM
N. O.
N. C.
GND
GND
810
-K404 - + 18 47 6 4 3 9 8 5 7
04/01.6
Descrizione
Description
804 805
D R D
-Y801
809
-K802
802
08/01.2
SPOSTATO CONTATTO K802

803 806 +R156
-K802 -K801
+000 +000
E
1 E
07/13.11
ABILITAZIONE SALITA
RISALITA ARG. POSTERIORE
Indice
Index
01
AUTOMATICA
J. L. RISALITA AUTOMATICA
R
Gruppo/ Group
J. L. AUTOMATIC LIFTING
08
B125 S / II
01
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
RISALITA AUTOMATICA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande AUTOMATIC LIFTING
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
SIGLA Q.TA' CODICE DESCRIZIONE FOGLIO SCHEMA LOC.
C. V.
MARK Q.TY CODE DESCRIPTION DRAWING REF. LOC.
Data/ Date
-COND 1 90807065 Condizionatore Riscald./condizion. B125 Conditioner 05 01 9 +T100
27-04-2004
-D701 1 97705204 Display Display M.M.I. (2) Display 07 12 12 +DISP
-DMI 1 97406038 Custodia Custodia di alluminio 01.16 26 09 Box 07 05 4 +CS700
-ESX1 1 97705225 Unità elettronica Controllore ESX 2CAN + 2 schede BB2 24Vdc Electronic unit LOC 02 6 +000
Firma/ Sign.
1 97408285 Connettore Connettore 68P per ESX Connector LOC 02 6 +000
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B -F101 1 97415084 Portafusibile Portafusibile MIDIVAL 01.00360 Fuse holder 01 01 3 +010 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
1 97417303 Fusibile Fusibile MIDIVAL 50A 06.02050 Fuse 01 01 3 +010
-F102 1 97415084 Portafusibile Portafusibile MIDIVAL 01.00360 Fuse holder 01 01 13 +010
Data/ Date
-F103 1 97415084 Portafusibile Portafusibile MIDIVAL 01.00360 Fuse holder 01 01 2 +010
-G101 1 97427120 Morsetto Mors.batteria posit. 70MMQ Holdfast 01 01 1 +011
1 97427121 Morsetto Mors.batteria negat.70MMQ Holdfast 01 01 1 +011
1 97451008 Capuccio Cappuccio di protezione MORS. POS Protection 01 01 1 +011
1 97451009 Capuccio Cappuccio di protezione MORS. NEG. Protection 01 01 1 +011
1 97801009 Batteria Batteria 12V 145AH 950A Battery 01 01 1 +011
C
-G102 1 97427120 Morsetto Mors.batteria posit. 70MMQ Holdfast 01 01 2 +011 C
1 97427121 Morsetto Mors.batteria negat.70MMQ Holdfast 01 01 2 +011
1 97451008 Capuccio Cappuccio di protezione MORS. POS Protection 01 01 2 +011
1 97451009 Capuccio Cappuccio di protezione MORS. NEG. Protection 01 01 2 +011
1 97801009 Batteria Batteria 12V 145AH 950A Battery 01 01 2 +011
-H101 1 97435086 Indicatore Strum.Modulcockpit combi 8 spie 24V Indicators 01 05 11 +101
-H107 1 97445001 Clacson Avvisatore acust. BA 002.768.382 24VDC Horn 01 07 9 +100
-H110 1 97302003 Lampadina Lampadina H3 / Pk22s 24V 70W Lamp 01 06 11 +K155
1 97302021 Proiettore Proiettore rett. COBO 05.299.000 Headlight 01 06 11 +K155
Descrizione
Description
-H111 1 97302003 Lampadina Lampadina H3 / Pk22s 24V 70W Lamp 01 06 12 +K155
1 97302021 Proiettore Proiettore rett. COBO 05.299.000 Headlight 01 06 12 +K155
-H135 1 97404294 Spia Elem. spia 16 verde XB6-CV3BB Pilot light 01 08 14 +102
D -H136 1 97445024 Clacson Avvisat. acust. 11-100VDC Horn 01 07 13 +155 D
-H141 1 97404295 Spia Elem. spia 16 rossa XB6-CV4BB Pilot light 01 09 12 +102
-H1DL 1 97404303 Spia Elem. spia 16 gialla XB6-CV5BB Pilot light 01 02 12 +102
-H1ML 1 97404303 Spia Elem. spia 16 gialla XB6-CV5BB Pilot light 01 02 13 +102
-H1SL 1 97404295 Spia Elem. spia 16 rossa XB6-CV4BB Pilot light 01 02 10 +102
-H1WL 1 97404303 Spia Elem. spia 16 gialla XB6-CV5BB Pilot light 01 02 14 +102
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
E E
-H405 1 97445025 Ronzatore Ronzatore 24VCC/CA XB5-KSA Warning horn 04 01 12 +106
-H405A 1 97404295 Spia Elem. spia 16 rossa XB6-CV4BB Pilot light 04 01 11 +102
Indice
Index
-K104 1 97423381 Relè Rele' pot.24V 45A BOSCH0332.002.250 Relay 01 04 6 +000
01
1 97903028 Antidisturbo Antidisturbo a diodo LG-A-03 26004 Antijamming 01 04 6 +000 Modifiche/ Revisions
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
01
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande PART-LIST
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
-K109 1 97423167 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' mini Socket 01 04 4 +000
27-04-2004
1 97423319 Relè Rele' mini 24V Relay 01 04 4 +000
-K113 1 97423383 Relè Rele' ind. 12A 24Vdc 2SC Relay 01 07 2 +000
1 97423384 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' ind. 12A 2SC Socket 01 07 2 +000
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B 1 97423319 Relè Rele' mini 24V Relay 01 07 6 +000 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
Data/ Date
-K132A 1 97423167 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' mini Socket 01 08 4 +000
C
-K133 1 97423167 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' mini Socket 01 08 6 +000 C
-K134A 1 97423387 Relè Rele' ind. 12A 24Vdc 4SC Relay 01 08 8 +000
Descrizione
Description
D -K138 1 97423389 Relè Rele' ind. 10A 24Vdc 2SC Relay 01 09 6 +000 D
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
-K141 1 97423328 Relè Rele' passo-passo 2023 9024 24Vdc Relay 01 09 11 +000
-K1G1 1 97423374 Relè Rele' pot.24V 100A CUMMINS 3916302 Relay 01 01 13 +010
1 97903028 Antidisturbo Antidisturbo a diodo LG-A-03 26004 Antijamming 01 01 13 +010
-K1M1 1 97423374 Relè Rele' pot.24V 100A CUMMINS 3916302 Relay 01 01 6 +010
1 97903028 Antidisturbo Antidisturbo a diodo LG-A-03 26004 Antijamming 01 01 6 +010
E E
Indice
Index
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
02
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B -K217 1 97423391 Relè Rele' ind. 10A 24Vdc 4SC Relay 02 02 6 +000 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
Data/ Date
C
1 97423319 Relè Rele' mini 24V Relay 02 03 2 +000 C
Descrizione
Description
D 1 97423392 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' ind. 10A 4SC Socket 04 01 9 +000 D
-K702 1 97423167 Zoccolo Zoccolo rele' mini Socket 07 01 2 +N155
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
1 97423319 Relè Rele' mini 24V Relay 07 01 2 +N155
E E
Indice
Index
-M1 1 90101180 Motore diesel Motore CUMMINS QSB 5.9 B125(ST) Diesel engine 01 01 3 +010
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
03
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
-M103 1 93103019 Pompa Pompa gasolio 874/N 24Vdc Pump 01 06 4 +012
27-04-2004
-P101 1 97435084 Indicatore Strum.ind.Modulcockpit dgt rpm/hour 24V Indicators 01 05 6 +101
-P102 1 97435085 Indicatore Strum.ind.Modulcockpit combi 4 24V Indicators 01 05 3 +101
-PX1 1 97423395 Sensore Sensore indutt.18 PNP-NO XS6 18B1PAL2 Proximity 07 06 2 +CS400
Firma/ Sign.
-PX2 1 97423395 Sensore Sensore indutt.18 PNP-NO XS6 18B1PAL2 Proximity 07 06 3 +CS400
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B -Q1 1 97401187 Cassetta stagna Cass.Monaco 16117+16406 400x650x250 Sealing box LOC 02 5 +000 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
-Q101 1 97405377 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60a 1p 40A C Switch 01 04 2 +000
Data/ Date
1 97405378 Contatto Cont.ausil. 'OF' per C60 Contact 01 06 4 +000
C
-Q201 1 97405372 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60a 1p 10A C Switch 02 01 2 +000 C
-Q2M 1 97405371 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60a 1p 6A C Switch 01 03 5 +000
Descrizione
Description
D -Q502 1 97405371 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60a 1p 6A C Switch 05 02 5 +U000 D
1 97405378 Contatto Cont.ausil. 'OF' per C60 Contact 05 02 5 +U000
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
-Q7 1 97406038 Custodia Custodia di alluminio 01.16 26 09 Box LOC 02 12 +700
-Q710 1 97405369 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60N 1p 2A C Switch 07 03 8 +000
E E
-Q712 1 97405368 Interruttore Interr.magn.term.C60N 1p 1A C Switch 07 05 2 +000
Indice
Index
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
04
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
-QID 1 97406075 Custodia Custodia di alluminio 01.08 13 06 Box 07 01 1 +N155
-R101 1 90904080 Manopola Manopola MI 204/45-B6 Knob 01 02 2 +103
1 97449083 Potenziometro Potenziometro OFEL PSS 48-8W-2Kohm Potentiometer 01 02 2 +103
Firma/ Sign.
-R102 1 97449078 Resistenza Resistenza 220 Ohm - 1/2W - 1% Resistance 01 02 2 +103
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B -R103 1 97449084 Resistenza Resistenza 470 Ohm 1/2W Resistance 01 02 1 +103 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
-R701 1 97449076 Resistenza Resistenza 120 Ohm 1/2W 1% Resistance 07 04 3 +000
-R702 1 97449076 Resistenza Resistenza 120 Ohm 1/2W 1% Resistance 07 12 7 +100
Data/ Date
-R703 1 97449084 Resistenza Resistenza 470 Ohm 1/2W Resistance 07 06 2 +CS700
-R704 1 97449084 Resistenza Resistenza 470 Ohm 1/2W Resistance 07 06 4 +CS700
-RISC 1 90807063 Riscaldatore Riscaldatore A150/24 Heater 05 01 5 +D100
-S1 1 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 01 02 5 +103
1 97404246 Selettore Elem.selettore 2pos.stab.ZB4-BD2 Electric control element 01 02 5 +103
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 01 02 5 +103
-S100 1 97405002 Interrutore batteria Interr. batteria 6EK.001.559-001 Battery switch 01 01 2 +011
-S101 1 97405149 Coperchio Coperchio BOSCH 3.347.000.032 Cover 01 04 6 +103
C
1 97405201 Interruttore Interr.ch.avv. BOSCH 0342.311.003 Switch 01 04 6 +103 C
-S103 1 97443128 Trasmettitore pressione Trasmettitore pressione olio Oil pressure transmitter 01 01 10 +010
-S104 1 97435083 Galleggiante Gallegg.a tubo 224.082/005/024 VDO Float 01 05 4 +012
-S105 1 97404245 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NC ZBE-102 Electric contact element 01 04 6 +105
1 97404249 Pulsante Elem.pulsante agg.rosso ZB4-BS834 Electric control element 01 04 6 +105
-S107 1 97405197 Pulsasnte Interr. a puls. BOSCH 0 340 000 001 Push button 01 06 4 +012
-S108 1 97435107 Sonda livello Sonda liv. refrigerante AST-015/00 Drill 01 01 9 +010
-S109 1 97435081 Interuttore Interr. di liv.GEMS LS1950-014-1254 Switch 01 07 2 +151
Descrizione
Description
-S112 1 97443115 Termostato Termostato NTBC 50CA Thermostat 01 07 6 +151
-S113 1 97443122 Termostato Termostato NTBC100CA Thermostat 01 07 4 +151
-S114 1 97443114 Termostato Termostato NTBC 40CA Thermostat 01 07 5 +151
D -S115 1 97406083 Indicatore intasamento Indicatore intasamento 504.01 Clogging indicator 01 07 5 +151 D
1 97404250 Pulsante Elem.pulsante nero ZB4-BA2 Pusch button 01 07 9 +109
-S122 1 97423187 Finecorsa Finecorsa XCK-P121 Limit switch 01 07 10 +100
-S123 1 97443111 Pressostato Pressostato PMM10A14K + CAP3 Pressure switch 01 07 13 +150
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
-S133 1 97405334 Interruttore Interruttore a pedale XPE-M110 Switch 01 08 9 +100
1 97405335 Dispositivo blocco Disp.di blocco XPE-Z903 per XPE-M Device 01 08 9 +100
E E
1 97404298 Selettore Elem.selettore ch.2pos.temp.ZB4-BG6FO15 Electric control element 01 08 12 +103
Indice
Index
-S141 1 92438206 Servocomandi HPV1C01E043/094S0-2953(SX)BBYRGG-8R-T1-RO Control block 01 09 13 +110
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
05
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
-S1DEC 1 97404305 Pulsante Elem.pulsante 16 nero ZB6-CA25B Pusch button 01 02 8 +102
1 97404318 Capsula Elem.capsula marchiata ZB6-YC119 Pusch button element 01 02 8 +102
-S1INC 1 97404305 Pulsante Elem.pulsante 16 nero ZB6-CA25B Pusch button 01 02 7 +102
Firma/ Sign.
1 97404318 Capsula Elem.capsula marchiata ZB6-YC119 Pusch button element 01 02 7 +102
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B -S1PT 1 97404305 Pulsante Elem.pulsante 16 nero ZB6-CA25B Pusch button 01 02 6 +102 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
Data/ Date
-S206 1 92438207 Servocomandi HPV1C01E043S0-2963(DX)YRRRBG-8R-T1-RO Control block 02 02 13 +104
-S222 1 97423278 Finecorsa Finecorsa rotat.FCR BF 25AP4 +1637 Limit switch 07 07 12 +J700
1 97404245 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NC ZBE-102 Electric contact element 02 03 7 +000
C
-S227 1 97443111 Pressostato Pressostato PMM10A14K + CAP3 Pressure switch 02 03 1 +M150 C
-S228 1 97443111 Pressostato Pressostato PMM10A14K + CAP3 Pressure switch 02 03 2 +M150
1 97404302 Selettore Elem.selettore ch.2pos.stab.ZB4-BG210 Electric control element 04 01 9 +106
-S413 1 97423125 Finecorsa Finecorsa XC1-AC127 Limit switch 04 01 13 +155
-S501 2 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 05 01 5 +D108
Descrizione
Description
1 97404247 Selettore Elem.selettore 3pos.stab.ZB4-BD3 Electric control element 05 01 5 +D108
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 05 01 5 +D108
-S701A 1 97404245 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NC ZBE-102 Electric contact element 07 01 2 +N155
D 1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 07 01 2 +N155 D
1 97404308 Pulsante Elem.pulsante nero con capuccio ZB4-BP2 Pusch button 07 01 2 +N155
-S701B 1 97404039 Lampadina Lampadina BA9s 24V 3W 23x9,3 Lamp 07 01 2 +N155
1 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 07 01 2 +N155
1 97404265 Elem.elettrico Elem.luminoso Ba9s + base ZB4-BV6 Electric control element 07 01 2 +N155
1 97404289 Pulsante Elem.pulsante lum.verde ZB4-BW33 Push botton 07 01 2 +N155
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
1 97404299 Cappuccio Elem.cappuccio trasparente ZBP-0 Protection 07 01 2 +N155
-S702 2 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 07 01 11 +L108
1 97404246 Selettore Elem.selettore 2pos.stab.ZB4-BD2 Electric control element 07 01 11 +L108
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 07 01 11 +L108
-S702A 1 97403176 Manipolatore Manipolatore 3pos.temp.XD4-PA22 Electric knob 07 02 2 +Q106
E E
1 97404248 Selettore Elem.selettore 3pos.temp.ZB4-BD5 Electric control element 07 02 5 +108
-S706 1 97423321 Finecorsa Finecorsa ZCK-J1 corpo TELEMEC. Limit switch 07 07 3 +B700
Indice
Index
1 97423322 Finecorsa testa Finecorsa ZCK-E05 testa t. TELEMEC. Limit switch head 07 07 3 +B700
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
06
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
1 97423326 Finecorsa Finecorsa ZCK-Y43 rot.reg. TELEMEC. Limit switch 07 07 3 +B700
27-04-2004
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B 1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 07 07 7 +108 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
1 97404307 Selettore Elem.selettore 2pos.temp.ZB4-BD4 Electric control element 07 07 7 +108
-S711 1 97403085 Servocomando Servocomando prop.PVRES 155 B 4210 Joystyck 07 10 6 +108
Data/ Date
-S712 1 97403085 Servocomando Servocomando prop.PVRES 155 B 4210 Joystyck 07 10 8 +108
-S722 1 97423250 Finecorsa Finecorsa XCK-M121 Limit switch 07 06 7 +700
-S722A 1 97423250 Finecorsa Finecorsa XCK-M121 Limit switch 07 06 7 +700
-S723 1 97423250 Finecorsa Finecorsa XCK-M121 Limit switch 07 06 5 +700
-S723A 1 97423250 Finecorsa Finecorsa XCK-M121 Limit switch 07 06 5 +700
-S726 2 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 07 02 8 +E108
1 97404246 Selettore Elem.selettore 2pos.stab.ZB4-BD2 Electric control element 07 02 8 +E108
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 07 02 8 +E108
C
-S727 4 97404244 Elem.contatto Elem.contatto NO ZBE-101 Electric contact element 07 02 10 +E108 C
1 97404248 Selettore Elem.selettore 3pos.temp.ZB4-BD5 Electric control element 07 02 10 +E108
1 97404254 Base fissaggio Elem.base di fissaggio ZB4-BZ009 Socket element 07 02 10 +E108
-SAX 1 97411903 Cavo Cavetto 1,5mt con 1 conn.x NS-xx/Px Cable with connector 07 05 5 +CS700
1 97705104 Incliometro Inclinometro PLANAR 1 asse NS-5/PI Inclinometer 07 05 5 +CS700
-SAY 1 97411903 Cavo Cavetto 1,5mt con 1 conn.x NS-xx/Px Cable with connector 07 05 6 +CS700
1 97705104 Incliometro Inclinometro PLANAR 1 asse NS-5/PI Inclinometer 07 05 6 +CS700
-TP102 1 483010674 Pannello Targa panello 18 spie+3M (+102) Panel LOC 02 3 +102
-TP103 1 483010669 Pannello Targa panello argani (+103) Panel LOC 02 3 +103
Descrizione
Description
-TP105 1 483010743 Pannello Targa panello manip.DX B125D(+105) Panel LOC 02 3 +105
-TP106 1 483010751 Pannello Targa panello bracc. DX (+106) Panel LOC 02 3 +106
-TP108 1 483010727 Panello Targa panello bracc.SX (+108) Panel LOC 02 1 +108
D -TP109 1 483010750 Pannello Targa panello manip. SX (+109) Panel LOC 02 1 +109 D
-U100 1 97435108 Sonda livello Modulo liv. refrigerante MOL-015/00 Drill 01 04 3 +000
-U704 1 97408169 Connettore Connettore AMP SUPERSEAL 1,5 3p femm Connector 07 05 3 +700
1 97423350 Trasduttore Sensore angolare -15:+15 4-20mA Transducer 07 05 3 +700
-U710 1 97903160 Unità elettronica Scheda limiti inclinazione mast 24Vdc (03) Electronic control unit 07 13 7 +000
-U801 1 97705197 Unità elettrica APP.DI REGISTRAZ. TARALOG - 5" BASE ELECTRONIC UNIT 08 01 7 +R100
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
1 97705198 Unità elettrica Avvolgicavo J. L. DC7 ELECTRONIC UNIT 08 01 7 +R100
1 97705199 Unità elettrica Modulo MRWR (0..3A) risalita ELECTRONIC UNIT 08 01 7 +R100
-V101 1 97419052 Diodo Diodo 1N 4007 Diode 01 07 13 +000
-V102 1 97419052 Diodo Diodo 1N 4007 Diode 01 07 13 +000
-V701 1 97419053 Diodo Diodo 2N 4007 Diode 07 01 4 +N155
-X1 2 97427008 Elem.morsetto Terminale di fissaggio EW K1 2061.6 Holdfast element LOC 02 7 +000
E E
35 97427055 Morsetto Morsetto sp.piatta AST1-PA 4782.6 Holdfast LOC 02 7 +000
1 97427057 Piastra terminale. Piastra terminale AP-PA 2664.6 Holdfast element LOC 02 7 +000
-X100 2 97408120 Connettore Connettore maschio 12p F229554.S Connector LOC 02 2 +DISP
Indice
Index
12 97408121 Connettore Connettore inserto maschio F22960 Connector LOC 02 2 +DISP
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
07
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
2 97408127 Connettore Connettore piastra m. 12p. F22955.2 Connector LOC 02 2 +DISP
27-04-2004
24 97408134 Connettore Connettore inserto femmina F22961 Connector LOC 02 2 +DISP
1 97408140 Connettore Connettore piastra f. 12p. F22955.1 Connector LOC 02 2 +DISP
1 97408278 Connettore Connettore femmina 12p con flangia Connector LOC 02 2 +DISP
Firma/ Sign.
-X100D 1 97408284 Connettore Connettore mil.12P femmina volante 90g. Connector LOC 02 2 +DISP
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B -X101 1 97408170 Connettore Connet.gr.8 ins.m.mors.HD64P 156672 Connector element LOC 02 7 +000 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
1 97408172 Connettore Connet.gr.8 ins.portaf.HD64P 157259 Connector element LOC 02 7 +000
1 97408176 Connettore Connet.gr.8 cust.inc.HB-24 121430 Connector LOC 02 7 +000
Data/ Date
1 97408178 Connettore Connet.gr.8 cust.mob.HBD-64 166262 Connector LOC 02 7 +000
64 97408180 Elem. contatto Connet.cont.femmina 0,75:1,5 CS 142790 Connector element LOC 02 7 +000
-X102 1 97408171 Connettore Connet.gr.8 ins.f.mors.HD64P 156668 Connector element LOC 02 5 +000
1 97408173 Connettore Connet.gr.8 ins.portam.HD64P 157258 Connector element LOC 02 5 +000
64 97408181 Elem. contatto Connet.cont.maschio 0,75:1,5 CS 154440 Connector element LOC 02 5 +000
-X103 1 97408171 Connettore Connet.gr.8 ins.f.mors.HD64P 156668 Connector element LOC 02 6 +000
C
1 97408173 Connettore Connet.gr.8 ins.portam.HD64P 157258 Connector element LOC 02 6 +000 C
64 97408181 Elem. contatto Connet.cont.maschio 0,75:1,5 CS 154440 Connector element LOC 02 6 +000
-X104 1 97408026 Connettore Connettore frutto spina CNM 16 Connector LOC 02 5 +000
1 97408041 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 16 Connector LOC 02 5 +000
1 97408166 Connettore Connettore cust.inc.sport. CHI 16LS Connector LOC 02 5 +000
1 97408227 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHV 16L Connector LOC 02 5 +000
-X105 1 97408166 Connettore Connettore cust.inc.sport. CHI 16LS Connector LOC 02 8 +000
Descrizione
Description
1 97408229 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CPF 06 (35A) Connector LOC 02 8 +000
1 97408230 Connettore Connettore frutto spina CPM 06 (35A) Connector LOC 02 8 +000
D -X11 1 97408083 Connettore Connettore presa fissa 3P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 14 +CS400 D
1 97408085 Connettore Tappo C16-1 MASCHIO AMPHENOL Connector LOC 02 14 +CS400
1 97408114 Connettore Connettore spina mob.90g.3P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 14 +CS400
1 97408196 Connettore Tappo C16-1 FEMMINA AMPHENOL Connector LOC 02 14 +CS400
-X1B 1 97408259 Connettore Connettore DEUTSCH 50 pin per Cummins Connector LOC 02 8 +010
50 97408262 Connettore Contatto femmina per connet. DRC 26 Connector LOC 02 8 +010
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
1 97408269 Connettore Guscio prot.conn. DEUTSCH DRC..50 Connector LOC 02 8 +010
-X1C 23 97408134 Connettore Connettore inserto femmina F22961 Connector LOC 02 8 +010
1 97408258 Connettore Connettore DEUTSCH 23 pin per Cummins Connector LOC 02 8 +010
1 97408270 Connettore Guscio prot.conn. DEUTSCH HD3 Connector LOC 02 8 +010
-X201 1 97408024 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 10 Connector LOC 02 9 +000
1 97408024 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 10 Connector LOC 02 12 +B700
E E
1 97408063 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 10L Connector LOC 02 12 +B700
Indice
Index
1 97408063 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 10L Connector LOC 02 12 +155
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
08
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
1 97408063 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 10L Connector LOC 02 13 +200
27-04-2004
1 97408095 Connettore Connettore frutto spina CNM 10 Connector LOC 02 9 +000
1 97408095 Connettore Connettore frutto spina CNM 10 Connector LOC 02 12 +B700
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B 1 97408106 Connettore Connettore cust.par.1 leva CHP 10LS Connector LOC 02 12 +B700 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
1 97408106 Connettore Connettore cust.par.1 leva CHP 10LS Connector LOC 02 12 +155
Data/ Date
1 97408162 Connettore Connettore cust.inc.sport. CHI 10LS Connector LOC 02 9 +000
-X203 1 97408024 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 10 Connector LOC 02 13 +J700
1 97408063 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 10L Connector LOC 02 13 +J700
1 97408095 Connettore Connettore frutto spina CNM 10 Connector LOC 02 13 +J700
1 97408106 Connettore Connettore cust.par.1 leva CHP 10LS Connector LOC 02 13 +J700
-X3 1 97408085 Connettore Tappo C16-1 MASCHIO AMPHENOL Connector LOC 02 14 +CS700
1 97408086 Connettore Connettore presa fissa 6P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 14 +CS700
C
1 97408087 Connettore Connettore spina mobile 6P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 14 +CS700 C
-X401 1 97408022 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 06 Connector LOC 02 12 +700
1 97408022 Connettore Connettore frutto presa CNF 06 Connector LOC 02 12 +B700
1 97408023 Connettore Connettore frutto spina CNM 06 Connector LOC 02 12 +B700
1 97408105 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 06 L16 Connector LOC 02 12 +700
1 97408105 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 06 L16 Connector LOC 02 12 +400
Descrizione
Description
1 97408105 Connettore Connettore cust.mob.1 leva CHO 06 L16 Connector LOC 02 12 +B700
D 1 97408221 Connettore Connettore cust.par.1 leva CHP 06LS Connector LOC 02 12 +B700 D
-X7 1 97408085 Connettore Tappo C16-1 MASCHIO AMPHENOL Connector LOC 02 13 +700
1 97408086 Connettore Connettore presa fissa 6P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 13 +700
1 97408087 Connettore Connettore spina mobile 6P+T C16-1 Connector LOC 02 13 +700
-X700 2 97427008 Elem.morsetto Terminale di fissaggio EW K1 2061.6 Holdfast element LOC 02 12 +700
10 97427055 Morsetto Morsetto sp.piatta AST1-PA 4782.6 Holdfast LOC 02 12 +700
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
1 97427057 Piastra terminale. Piastra terminale AP-PA 2664.6 Holdfast element LOC 02 12 +700
-X701 1 97408177 Connettore Connet.gr.6 cust.inc.HB-16 121010 Connector LOC 02 9 +000
E E
Indice
Index
1 97408191 Connettore Connet.gr.6 ins.m.mors.HD40P 156671 Connector element LOC 02 9 +000
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
09
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
1 97408191 Connettore Connet.gr.6 ins.m.mors.HD40P 156671 Connector element LOC 02 12 +700
27-04-2004
-XB2 1 97406075 Custodia Custodia di alluminio 01.08 13 06 Box LOC 02 14 +CS400
XC1-+ 1 97409005 Connettore Connettore F1 polo COBO 30160231201 Connector 01 06 8
1 97427014 Connettore Terminale F antisfilam. s 4-6 Connector 01 06 8
Firma/ Sign.
-XJ 9 97408121 Connettore Connettore inserto maschio F22960 Connector LOC 02 9 +010
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B 1 97408267 Connettore Connettore DEUTSCH 9 pin Connector LOC 02 9 +010 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
1 97408268 Connettore Tappo HDC16-9 DEUTSCH Connector LOC 02 9 +010
-XJCUM 1 97408116 Connettore Connettore maschio 3p F22951.S Connector LOC 02 9 +010
Data/ Date
1 97408123 Connettore Connettore piastra m. 3p. F22951.2 Connector LOC 02 9 +010
3 97408134 Connettore Connettore inserto femmina F22961 Connector LOC 02 9 +010
-XWIF 1 97408276 Connettore Connettore Packard 2pin portafemmina Connector LOC 02 8 +010
-Y102 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 01 07 8 +151
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 01 07 8 +151
1 97903142 Bobina Bobina S8H 26Vdc cl.H Bobbin 01 07 8 +151
C
2 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 01 10 9 +150 C
1 97903142 Bobina Bobina S8H 26Vdc cl.H Bobbin 01 07 12 +152
2 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 01 10 4 +150
Descrizione
Description
-Y115 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 01 10 2 +A150
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 01 10 2 +A150
D 1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 01 10 2 +A150 D
1 97903011 Bobina Bobina S3.H-3A OC 24Vdc Bobbin 01 10 12 +154
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
E E
Indice
Index
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
10
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B 2 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 10 10 +150 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
-Y208 2 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 02 03 11 +MP700
Data/ Date
2 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 02 03 11 +MP700
2 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 02 03 11 +MP700
-Y211 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 02 03 10 +M150
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 02 03 10 +M150
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 02 03 10 +M150
C
-Y216 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 08 12 +150 C
-Y219 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 02 03 7 +M150
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 02 03 7 +M150
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 02 03 7 +M150
Descrizione
Description
D -Y224 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 09 4 +150 D
-Y229 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 02 03 14 +P700
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 02 03 14 +P700
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 02 03 14 +P700
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
-Y701 1 97903096 Modulo Modulo ON-OFF PVEO 157B 4228 24DC Module 07 01 14 +156
-Y702 1 97903096 Modulo Modulo ON-OFF PVEO 157B 4228 24DC Module 07 02 2 +156
E E
-Y705 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 01 11 +L150
Indice
Index
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 01 11 +L150
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
11
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
DISTINTA
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
PART-LIST
A A
Firma/ Sign.
C. V.
Data/ Date
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 07 01 11 +L150
27-04-2004
-Y708 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 01 4 +N150
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 01 4 +N150
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 07 01 4 +N150
Firma/ Sign.
-Y711 1 97903094 Modulo Modulo proporz. PVEH 157B 4028 24DC Module 07 10 2 +156
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B -Y712 1 97903094 Modulo Modulo proporz. PVEH 157B 4028 24DC Module 07 10 4 +156 B
27-04-2004 U. D.
-Y726 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 02 9 +E700
1 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 02 9 +E700
Data/ Date
1 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 07 02 9 +E700
-Y727 2 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 02 11 +E700
2 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 02 11 +E700
2 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 07 02 11 +E700
-Y728 2 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 07 02 13 +F700
2 97903026 Antidisturbo Antidist.x EV.VBS-ZLU/24 24033 Antijamming 07 02 13 +F700
2 97903150 Bobina Bobina SP-COU 28DC/80 Bobbin 07 02 13 +F700
-Y801 1 97903007 Connettore Spina SP 666 STANDARD Connector 08 01 11 +R156
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
AGGIORNATA DISTINTA
E E
Indice
Index
01
NOTE: Gruppo/ Group
D
B125 S / II
12
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
DISTINTA
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A LOCALIZZAZIONE A
LOCALISATION
Firma/ Sign.
+000 QUADRO ELETTRICO PRINCIPALE MAIN ELECTRIC CONTROL BOARD
+010 MOTORE DIESEL DIESEL ENGINE
Data/ Date
+011 VANO BATTERIA BATTERY BOX
19-12-2003
+012 SERBATOIO CARBURANTE FUEL TANK
+015 DERIVAZIONE MOTORE DIESEL JUNCTION BOX FOR DIESEL ENGINE
+100 COMPONENTI CABINA CABIN'S COMPONENTS
Firma/ Sign.
+101 PANNELLO STRUMENTI MOTORE INSTRUMENTS DIESELPANEL
Disegnato/ Drawn by
B +102 PANNELLO SPIE PILOT LIGHT PANEL B
+103 PANNELLO ARGANI WINCHES PANEL
+104 MANIPOLATORE DESTRO RIGTH H.S.JOYSTYCK
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
+105 PANNELLO MANIPOLATORE DESTRO RIGTH H.S.JOYSTYCK PANEL
+106 PANNELLO BRACCIOLO DESTRO RIGHT ARM REST CONTROL PANEL
+108 PANNELLO BRACCIOLO SINISTRO LEFT ARM REST CONTROL PANEL
+109 PANNELLO MANIPOLATORE SINISTRO LEFT H.S.JOYSTYCK PANEL
+110 MANIPOLATORE SINISTRO LEFT H.S.JOYSTYCK
+150 BLOCCO ELETTROVALVOLE SOLENOID VALVE GROUP
+151 SERBATOIO OLIO IDRAULICO HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
+152 BLOCCO ALIMENTAZ. SERVOCOMANDI SERVOCONTROLS FEEDING SYSTEM
C
+153 ARGANO POSTERIORE REAR WINCH C
+154 MOTORE ROTAZIONE TORRETTA UPPERSTRUCTURE SWING MOTOR
+155 TORRETTA UPPERSTRUCTURE
+156 BLOCCO ELETTROV. DANFOSS SOL.VALVES' SYSTEM DANFOSS
+200 ROTARY ROTARY TABLE
+400 FALCHETTO JIB
+700 MAST MAST
+DISP DISPLAY DISPLAY
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
LOC
B125 S / II
01
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
LOCALIZZAZIONE
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande LOCALISATION
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
-S403 -XB2
+400
+CS400
+100 -ESX1 -S404
Data/ Date
-PX1
19-12-2003
+101 +000 -PX2
A A
CABINA
CABIN
Firma/ Sign.
-TP102 +102 -Q1
+000
-H107
+000
-S133
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
QUADRO ELETTRICO PRINCIPALE -S222
-S122
-TP103 +103 MAIN ELECTRIC CONTROL BOARD -Y208
-Y209
+110 +104
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
+109 -TP109 -TP105 +105
B -Q7 -S706 B
-S722
+108 -TP108 -TP106 +106
-Y726 +700 -S722A
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
-G101 -S723
-Y727a -S723A
-G102 -U704
-Y727b
-H136 -Y728a
+010 -SAY
-Y728b -SAX
MOTORE DIESEL
C C
DIESEL ENGINE
-S115
-S114 +152
-Y105
+151
-S113
Descrizione
Description
+154
-S109 -Y120
D -Y102 +155 D
-S413
-S112
-Y203
-S123 -Y213
-S136
-Y712 -Y104a -Y115 -Y218 -S143 -Y204
+200
-S204
+150
+150
+150
+150
-Y711 -Y104b -Y122 -Y224 -S205 -Y220a

+156
-S221
-Y702 -Y110a -Y205 -Y403 -S225 -Y220b
E -S227 E
-Y701 -Y110b -Y206 -Y703a -S228
Indice
Index
00
-Y111a -Y207 -Y703b
-Y111b -Y216 -Y705
Gruppo/ Group
-Y114 -Y217 -Y708 LOC

B125 S / II
02
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
LOCALIZZAZIONE
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
casagrande LOCALISATION
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X1A X1A X1B X1B
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
A A
1 R. 26 R. 1 B01 01 02 10 -H1SL 26 R.
Firma/ Sign.
2 R. 27 A27 01 03 14 2 R. 27 R.
3 R. 28 R. 3 B03 01 02 12 -H1DL 28 B28 01 02 5 -S1
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
4 R. 29 R. 4 B04 01 02 13 -H1ML 29 B29 01 02 1 -R103
5 R. 30 R. 5 R. 30 B30 01 02 3 -R101
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
6 R. 31 R. 6 R. 31 R.
B B
7 R. 32 R. 7 R. 32 R.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
8 R. 33 R. 8 R. 33 R.
9 R. 34 R. 9 R. 34 R.
10 R. 35 R. 10 R. 35 B35 01 02 7 -S1INC
11 R. 36 R. 11 B11 01 02 14 -H1WL 36 B36 01 02 8 -S1DEC
12 R. 37 A37 01 03 14 X103 12 R. 37 B37 01 02 6 -S1PT
C 13 R. 38 R. 13 R. 38 R. C
14 R. 39 R. 14 R. 39 R.
15 R. 40 R. 15 R. 40 B40 01 02 9 XWIF
16 R. 41 R. 16 R. 41 B41 01 01 14 -K1G1
17 R. 42 R. 17 R. 42 R.
Descrizione
Description
18 R. 43 R. 18 R. 43 R.
19 A19 01 03 14 X103 44 R. 19 B19 01 02 2 -R102 44 R.

D D
20 R. 45 R. 20 B20 01 02 4 45 R.
21 R. 46 R. 21 R. 46 R.
22 R. 47 R. 22 R. 47 R.
23 R. 48 R. 23 R. 48 R.
24 R. 49 A49 01 03 15 24 R. 49 1587H 01 03 13 XJ
25 R. 50 R. 25 R. 50 1587L 01 03 13 XJ
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
01
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
X1A - X1B
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X1C XJ
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
A A
A 1M 01 03 4 X103 A PFT - 01 03 11 XPFT
Firma/ Sign.
B 2M 01 03 5 X103 B PFT + 01 03 11 XPFT
C 3M 01 03 6 X103 C 1939H 01 03 12 X1939
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
D 4M 01 03 7 X103 D 1939L 01 03 12 X1939
E 1 01 03 1 E 1939S 01 03 12 X1939
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
F 1 01 03 2 F 1587H 01 03 13 X1B
B B
G R. G 1587L 01 03 13 X1B
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
H 1 01 03 2
J R.
K R.
L R.
M 5M 01 03 8 X103
C N R. C
O R.
P 1 01 03 2
Q R.
R R.
Descrizione
Description
S 6M 01 03 9 X103
T 01 03 10
D D
U R.
V 1SD 01 03 10 PE
W 1 01 03 3
X R.
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
02
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
X1C - X1J
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
X101 X101 X101 X101
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
A A
A1 1 01 05 6 B1 DO9 07 10 2 ESX1 C1 111 01 10 10 X1 -Y104 D1 713 07 02 6 X102 -Y703
Firma/ Sign.
A2 1 01 10 3 B2 401 04 01 13 -S413 X102 C2 DO3 07 08 6 ESX1 -Y205 D2 1 01 05 8
C. V.
A3 18 01 05 4 X103 -S104 B3 DI14 04 01 13 -S413 C3 1 02 01 11 D3 R.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
A4 109 01 10 7 X1 -Y118 B4 80 01 09 4 -K137 -S143 C4 DO7 07 09 2 ESX1 -Y218 D4 R.
A5 58 01 07 8 -K115 -Y102 B5 62 01 09 4 -S143 C5 285 02 03 10 -K200 -Y211 D5 R.
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
A6 DO5 07 08 10 ESX1 -Y206 B6 81 01 09 2 -K136 -S136 C6 DO6 07 08 12 ESX1 -Y216 D6 R.
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
A7 714 07 02 2 X102 -Y702 B7 64 01 09 2 -S136 C7 113 01 10 14 -K706 -Y122 D7 24 01 06 4
Data/ Date
A8 715 07 02 3 X102 -Y702 B8 DI13 02 01 8 -S205 C8 104 01 10 2 X1 -Y115 D8 24 01 06 4
A9 1 07 02 4 B9 201 02 01 8 -S205 C9 1 01 10 11 D9 282 02 03 1 -K227 -S227
A10 709 07 01 13 -K701 -Y701 B10 DI12 02 01 6 -S204 C10 106 01 10 4 -K404 -Y110 D10 283 02 03 2 -K228 -S228
A11 710 07 01 14 X102 -Y701 B11 201 02 01 6 -S204 C11 105 01 10 3 -K403 -Y110 D11 277 02 03 3 -K220 -S225
A12 BB16 07 10 12 ESX1 -Y207 B12 1 02 01 12 C12 108 01 10 6 -K402 -Y111 D12 284 02 03 5 -K229 -S221
C A13 281 02 03 7 -Y219 B13 DO4 07 08 9 ESX1 -Y206 C13 107 01 10 5 -K401 -Y111 D13 136 01 07 13 -V102 -S123 C
A14 747 07 10 4 -U710 -U710 B14 BB15 07 10 10 -S226 -Y207 C14 R. D14 45 01 07 12 -S123
A15 1 07 10 2 B15 4101 04 01 13 -K705 -Y403 C15 DO8 07 09 4 -Y224 D15 286 02 03 5 -K200 -S221
A16 742 07 10 2 -U710 -U710 B16 110 01 10 9 -K134 -Y104 C16 712 07 02 6 X102 -Y703 D16 64 02 03 1
Descrizione
Description
D D
AGGIORNATA
E E
Indice
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
03
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
X101
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
X102 X102 X102 X102
+000 +000
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
A A
A1 5 01 04 7 -K119 -S101 B1 215 02 02 4 -K216 -S206 C1 DI5 01 07 10 -K119 -S122 D1 774 07 02 12 X701 -S727
Firma/ Sign.
A2 7 01 04 6 -S101 -Q102 B2 216 02 02 6 -S206 C2 86 01 09 12 -H141 D2 1 02 03 8
C. V.
A3 15 01 04 7 B3 BB23 02 02 2 ESX1 -S206 C3 708 07 01 8 D3 1 01 07 13 -H136
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
A4 R. B4 401 04 01 9 -S405 X1 C4 712 07 02 6 X101 -S703 D4 140 01 07 13 -H136
A5 702 07 01 10 B5 DI8 04 01 9 C5 713 07 02 6 X101 -S703 D5 401 04 01 2
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
A6 70 01 08 9 -K130 -S133 B6 219 07 11 6 -K201 -H220 C6 DO10 07 09 9 ESX1 -H708 D6 402 04 01 2 X1 -S401
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
A7 64 01 08 2 -K409 B7 714 07 02 2 X101 -S702A C7 UB 07 06 9 D7 403 04 01 3 X1 -S402
Data/ Date
A8 67 01 08 2 -K131 -S131 B8 715 07 02 3 X101 -S702A C8 DI6 07 06 9 ESX1 -S707 D8 229 02 02 5 -K217 -H218
A9 68 01 08 3 -S131 B9 2 01 04 6 -S105 C9 BB14 07 10 8 ESX1 -S712 D9 R.
A10 DO8 07 09 6 -H219 B10 232 07 11 5 -K201 -H215 C10 DI7 07 10 2 ESX1 D10 R.
A11 BB13 07 10 6 -S711 ESX1 B11 69 01 08 6 -S206 C11 DI11 07 07 7 ESX1 -S710 D11 R.
A12 62 01 09 6 B12 74 01 08 12 -S133 C12 710 07 02 4 X101 D12 R.
C A13 78 01 08 13 -H135 B13 82 01 09 6 -K138 -S141 C13 45 01 07 10 -S122 D13 R. C
A14 201 02 02 2 B14 83 01 09 8 -K139 -S141 C14 707 07 01 11 -S702 D14 R.
A15 DI10 07 07 5 ESX1 -S206 B15 84 01 09 10 -K140 -S141 C15 772 07 02 9 X701 -S726 D15 R.
A16 214 02 02 10 -S206 B16 85 01 09 11 -K141 -S141 C16 773 07 02 11 X701 -S727 D16 R.
Descrizione
Description
D D
AGGIORNATA
E E
Indice
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
04
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
X102
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X103 X103 X103 X103
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
A A
A1 1M 01 03 4 -K113 X1C B1 702 07 01 2 -S701A C1 112 01 10 12 -K140 -Y120 D1 53 01 05 13 X103 -H101
Firma/ Sign.
A2 2M 01 03 5 -Q2M X1C B2 708 07 01 5 -V701 C2 45 01 07 6 -S112 D2 14 01 05 3 X103 -P102
A3 3M 01 03 6 -Q3M X1C B3 A19 01 03 14 -K109 X1A C3 57 01 07 6 -K115 -S112 D3 R.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A4 4M 01 03 7 -Q4M X1C B4 A37 01 03 14 -K109 X1A C4 1 01 07 12 -Y105 D4 R.
A5 5M 01 03 8 -Q5M X1C B5 45 01 07 2 -S109 C5 32 01 05 9 -H101 D5 R.
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
A6 6M 01 03 9 -Q6M X1C B6 46 01 07 2 -K113 -S109 C6 15 01 05 3 D6 R.
B B
A7 8 01 01 10 -S103 X103 B7 45 01 07 4 C7 1 01 05 12 D7 R.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A8 13 01 01 10 -S103 X103 B8 49 01 07 4 X103 -S113 C8 8 01 05 12 X103 -H101 D8 R.
A9 9 01 01 7 -S102 X103 B9 53 01 07 5 X103 -S114 C9 9 01 05 12 X103 -H101 D9 R.
A10 14 01 01 8 -S102 X103 B10 56 01 07 12 -K119 -Y105 C10 13 01 05 3 X103 -P102 D10 R.
A11 12 01 01 4 -G103 X103 B11 531 05 02 5 -Q502 -M C11 61 01 05 11 X103 -H101 D11 R.
A12 61 01 01 4 -G103 X103 B12 1 05 02 5 -M C12 18 01 05 4 X101 -P102 D12 R.
C A13 R. B13 R. C13 19 01 05 12 -H101 D13 R. C
A14 R. B14 R. C14 12 01 05 7 X103 -P101 D14 R.
A15 R. B15 R. C15 47 01 05 13 -K113 -H101 D15 R.
A16 16 01 01 9 -S108 B16 R. C16 49 01 05 14 X103 -H101 D16 R.
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
05
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
X103
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
X104 X105 X1 X1
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
A A
T R. T R. 1 1 01 04 9 29 1 08 01 6 -K801
Firma/ Sign.
1 1 01 06 8 XC1 1 1 01 01 1 2 104 01 10 2 X101 30 R.
C. V.
2 24V 01 06 8 2 30C 01 01 2 3 109 01 10 7 -K402 X101 31 R.
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
3 24V 01 06 9 3 50 01 01 6 -K119 -K1M1 4 111 01 10 10 -K136 X101 32 R.
4 511 05 01 2 4 1 01 01 1 5 124 01 10 2 -K401 33 R.
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
5 511 05 01 2 5 30C 01 01 3 6 126 01 10 12 -K135 34 R.
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
6 1 05 01 2 6 R. 7 1 01 10 5 35 R.
Data/ Date
7 24V 01 06 9 8 401 04 01 1 X102
8 1 01 06 9 9 402 04 01 2 -K401 X102
9 R. 10 403 04 01 3 -K402 X102
10 D+ 07 03 6 X1 X100A 11 7081 07 01 6 -K131
11 1 07 03 3 X100A 12 7082 07 01 8 -K132
C 12 UB 07 03 12 X100A 13 7083 07 01 8 -K135 C
13 CANH 07 04 3 X100A 14 1 07 03 2
14 CANL 07 04 5 X100A 15 1 07 09 7
15 UE 07 03 8 X100A 16 1D+ 07 03 6 ESX1
16 2 01 04 7 X100A 17 D+ 07 03 6 X104
Descrizione
Description
18 UB 07 03 10
19 UE 07 03 8 -Q710
D D
20 VE85 07 05 14
21 AI8 07 05 14 ESX1
22 801 08 01 5 -Q801
23 802 08 01 8 -K801 -U801
24 803 08 01 6 -K802 -U801
AGGIORNATE
25 804 08 01 6 -K802 -U801
E
26 805 08 01 10 -U801 -Y801 E
27 806 08 01 10 -U801 -Y801
Indice
Index
28 810 08 01 11 -K802 -U801
01
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
06
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
X104 - X105 - X1
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X701 X701 X701 X701
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
A A
A1 1 02 03 11 B1 773 07 02 11 X102 -Y727 C1 DI4 07 06 7 -S722A D1 R.
Firma/ Sign.
A2 1 07 06 1 X401 B2 774 07 02 12 X102 -Y727 C2 DI9 07 07 3 ESX1 -S706 D2 R.
A3 278 02 03 12 -K227 X203 B3 775 07 02 13 -K138 -Y728 C3 DI15 07 07 12 ESX1 X203 D3 R.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A4 280 02 03 11 X203 B4 776 07 02 14 -K139 -Y728 C4 DI16 07 07 13 ESX1 X203 D4 R.
A5 289 02 03 14 -K229 -Y229 B5 AI1 07 05 4 ESX1 -U704 C5 UB 07 03 12 D5 R.
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
A6 401 04 01 5 X401 B6 AI2 07 05 6 ESX1 X7 C6 VE85 07 05 8 X7 D6 R.
B B
A7 404 04 01 5 X401 B7 AI3 07 05 7 ESX1 X7 C7 AIGN1 07 05 2 D7 R.
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
A8 405 04 01 6 X401 B8 DI1 07 06 3 ESX1 X401 C8 R. D8 R.
A9 707 07 01 11 -Y705 B9 DI2 07 06 4 ESX1 X401 C9 R. D9 R.
A10 772 07 02 9 X102 -Y726 B10 DI3 07 06 5 -S723A C10 R. D10 R.
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
07
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
X701
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
C. M.
X201 X203 X3 X401
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
A A
T R. T R. T R. T 1 07 06 1 X701 X11
Firma/ Sign.
1 1 02 02 12 1 1 02 03 11 -Y208 1 VE85 07 05 5 X7 1 DI1 07 06 3 X701 X11
C. V.
2 D02 07 08 4 ESX1 -Y203 2 UB 07 07 12 2 AI2 07 05 6 X7 -SAX 2 UB 07 06 2 X11
Data/ Date
27-04-2004
3 R. 3 DI15 07 07 12 X701 -S222 3 AIGN1 07 05 5 -SAX 3 DI2 07 06 4 X701 X11
4 R. 4 DI16 07 07 13 X701 -S222 4 AI3 07 05 7 X7 -SAY 4 401 04 01 5 X701
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
5 D01 07 08 2 ESX1 -Y204 5 278 02 03 12 X701 -Y208 5 AIGN1 07 05 7 -SAY 5 404 04 01 5 X701
B B
27-04-2004 U. D.
6 1 07 08 2 6 280 02 03 11 X701 -Y208 6 AIGN1 07 05 5 6 405 04 01 6 X701
Data/ Date
7 BB22 07 11 4 -Y213 7 R.
8 228 02 02 13 -K217 -Y220 8 R.
9 230 02 02 12 -K217 -Y220 9 R.
10 R. 10 R.
C C
Descrizione
Description
X7 X11
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
D D
OF
T R. T 1 07 06 2 X401 OF
1 VE85 07 05 7 X701 X3 1 DI1 07 06 3 X401 -PX1
AGGIORNATA MORS. X203

2 AI2 07 05 6 X701 X3 2 UB 07 06 2 X401
3 R. 3 DI2 07 06 4 X401 -PX2
4 AI3 07 05 7 X701 X3
E 5 R. E
6 AIGN1 07 05 4
Indice
Index
01
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
08
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
X201 - X203 - X3 - X401 - X7 - X11

8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 01
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
X100A X100B X100C X100D
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
OF
A A
1 1 07 12 3 X104 X100C 1 07 12 5 1 1 07 12 8 X100A A CANH 07 12 10 X100C -
Firma/ Sign.
2 UB 07 12 3 X104 X100C 2 07 12 5 2 UB 07 12 8 X100A X100D B CANL 07 12 10 X100C -
3 UE 07 12 3 X104 3 07 12 5 3 07 12 8 C RSRXD 07 12 10 X100C -
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
4 CANH 07 12 3 X104 X100B 4 CANH 07 12 5 X100A 4 CANH 07 12 8 X100D D RSTXD 07 12 10 X100C -
5 CANL 07 12 3 X104 X100B 5 CANL 07 12 5 X100A 5 CANL 07 12 8 X100D H 1 07 12 10 -
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
6 2 07 12 3 X104 X100B 6 2 07 12 5 X100A X100C 6 2 07 12 8 X100B E 1 07 12 10 -
B B
7 D+ 07 12 3 X104 X100B 7 D+ 07 12 5 X100A X100C 7 D+ 07 12 8 X100B G 07 12 10 X100C -
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
8 07 12 3 X100C 8 07 12 5 8 07 12 8 X100A X100D F 07 12 10 X100C -
9 07 12 3 X100C 9 07 12 5 9 07 12 8 X100A X100D J 07 12 10 X100C -
10 07 12 3 X100C 10 07 12 5 10 07 12 8 X100A X100D K UB 07 12 10 X100C -
11 RSRXD 07 12 3 X100C 11 07 12 5 11 RSRXD 07 12 8 X100A X100D L 07 12 10
12 RSTXD 07 12 3 X100C 12 07 12 5 12 RSTXD 07 12 8 X100A X100D M 1 07 12 10 -
C C
Descrizione
Description
D D
E E
Indice
Index
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
09
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
X100A - X100B - X100C - X100D

8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Firma/ Sign.
ESX1 ESX1 ESX1
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
LEADING
LEADING
LEADING
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
NUMBER
NUMBER
COLUMN
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
ARRIVAL
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
SHEET
SHEET
SHEET
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
POINT
WIRE
WIRE
WIRE
PIN
PIN
PIN
OF
OF
OF
A A
1 AIGND 07 05 2 -Q712 29 AI2 07 05 6 X701 57 UB 07 03 11
Firma/ Sign.
2 DO10 07 09 9 X102 30 AI4 07 05 8 58 UB 07 03 12
3 DO12 07 09 13 -K201 31 AI6 07 05 11 59 UB 07 03 12
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
4 RD 07 04 11 32 AI8 07 05 14 X1 60 UB 07 03 13
5 TD 07 04 13 33 CAN2L 07 04 9 61 DO6 07 08 12 X101
Firma/ Sign.
Disegnato/ Drawn by
6 AI1 07 05 4 X701 34 DI1 07 06 3 X701 62 DO7 07 09 2 X101
B B
7 AI3 07 05 7 X701 35 DI3 07 06 5 63 DO8 07 09 4
Data/ Date
19-12-2003
8 AI5 07 05 10 36 DI5 07 06 8 64 DO5 07 08 10 X101
9 AI7 07 05 12 37 DI7 07 06 11 X102 65 1 07 03 3
10 BB26 07 11 14 38 DI9 07 07 3 X701 66 1 07 03 4
11 BB22 07 11 4 39 DI11 07 07 7 X102 67 1 07 03 4
12 DI2 07 06 4 X701 40 DI13 07 07 9 68 1 07 03 5
C 13 DI4 07 06 7 41 DI15 07 07 12 X701 C
14 DI6 07 06 9 X102 42 BB11 07 10 2 -U710 -U710
15 DI8 07 06 13 43 BB13 07 10 6 X102
16 DI10 07 07 5 X102 44 BB15 07 10 10
17 DI12 07 07 8 45 BB21 07 11 2 -K706
Descrizione
Description
18 DI14 07 07 11 46 D01 07 08 2 X201
19 DI16 07 07 13 X701 47 D02 07 08 4 X201

D D
20 BB12 07 10 4 -U710 -U710 48 DO3 07 08 6 X101
21 BB14 07 10 8 X102 49 DO4 07 08 8 X101
22 BB16 07 10 12 X101 50 BB23 07 11 8 X102
23 VE85 07 05 3 51 405 07 11 10
24 DO9 07 09 7 X101 52 BB25 07 11 12
25 DO11 07 09 11 -K200 53 CAN2H 07 04 7
E 26 CANL 07 04 5 54 UE 07 03 8 E
27 CANH 07 04 3 55 1 07 03 2
Indice
Index
28 1D+ 07 03 6 X1 56 UB 07 03 10
00
Gruppo/ Group
X
B125 S / II
10
D. ULLIANA 19/12/03
For general
ESX1
8-999014

F
C. V. 19/12/03
F
CAD
vedi spec./
2.05.44.0315- 00
1 2 3 4 5 cm.
0 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Data di validità: 08/11/2004 Pagina 1/4
205420347 [3] >DIST.SCH.IDR.B125S/II >HYDRAULIC SCHEME >SCHEMA HYDRAULIQUE >HYDR. SCHEMA >ESQUEMA HIDRAULICO
Pos. Item Qty. Tav. Descrizione Description Designation Bezeichnung Denominacion

1 90101180 1 MOTORE DIESEL DIESEL ENGINE MOTEUR DIESEL DIESELMOTOR MOTOR DIESEL
2 92907027 1 GIUNTO JOINT JOINT KUPPLUNG, VERBINDER JUNTA, ACOPLAMIENTO
3 92201035 1 POMPA HYDRAULIC PISTON PUMP POMPE KOLBENPUMPE BOMBA HIDRAULICA EMBOLO
4 92202132 1 POMPA HYDRAULIC PISTON PUMP POMPE KOLBENPUMPE BOMBA HIDRAULICA EMBOLO
6 92614206 1 FILTRO OLIO OIL FILTER CARTOUCHE FILTRE HUILE OELFILTERPATRONE CARTUCHO ACEITE
7 92614190 1 CARTUCCIA FILTRO OLIO IDRA. HYDR. OIL FILTER CARTRIDGE FILTRE HUILE OELFILTER FILTRO DEL ACEITE
8 96140017 27 PRESA DI PRESSIONE PLUG-IN PRESSURE TEST PRISE CONTROLE PRESSION MANOMETERANSCHLUSS TOMA DE PRESION
9 92301104 1 SCAMBIATORE DI CALORE EXCHANGER ECHANGEUR TAUSCHER INTERCAMBIADOR
10 92438146 1 UNITA' DI ALIMENTAZIONE SUPPLY UNIT UNITÉ ALIMENTATION VERSORGUNGSEINHEIT UNIDAD DE ALIMENTACION
11 92403024 3 VALVOLA CHECK VALVE VANNE DE RETENUE RÜCKSCHLAGVENTIL VALVULA DE RETENCION
12 92436654 1 DISTRIBUTORE DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR DREHDURCHFUHRUNG DISTRIBUIDOR
13 92436543 1 DISTRIBUTORE DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR DREHDURCHFUERHRUNG DISTRIBUIDOR
14 92436664 1 DISTRIBUTORE PROPORTIONAL DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR PROPORT. SCHIEBER DISTR. PROPORCIONAL
15 92438208 1 SERVOCOMANDO SERVOCONTROL BLOCK SERVOCOMMANDE STEUERBLOCK SERVOMANDO
16 92438207 1 SERVOCOMANDO SERVOCONTROL BLOCK SERVOCOMMANDE STEUERBLOCK SERVOMANDO
17 92438176 1 SERVOCOMANDO CONTROL BLOCK SERVOCOMMANDE STEUERBLOCK SERVOMANDO (MANIPULADOR
18 92438182 2 SERVOCOMANDO CONTROL BLOCK SERVOCOMMANDE STEUERBLOCK SERVOMANDO
19 97443111 7 PRESSOSTATO PRESSURE SWITCH PRESSOSTAT DRUCKSCHALTER PRESOSTATO
20 299010074 3 VALVOLA VALVE VANNE VENTIL VALVULA
21 412120770 1 PIASTRA PLATE PLAQUE PLATTE PLACA
22 92444008 3 ELETTROVALVOLA SOLENOID VALVE ELECTRO-VANNE MAGNETVENTIL ELECTROVALVULA
23 92444017 4 ELETTROVALVOLA SOLENOID VALVE ELECTRO VANNE DHU-0713 MAGNETVENTIL ELECTROVALVULA
24 92419049 1 PIASTRA PLATE PLAQUE PLATTE PLACA HIDRAULICA
26 92403092 1 VALVOLA OVERCENTRE VALVE VANNE CONTROLE DESCENTE ABGANGKONTROLLVENTIL VALVULA CONTROL BAJADA
29 92417011 2 REGOLATORE FLOW RESTRICTOR VALVE VANNE D'ETRANGLEMENT DROSSELVENTIL VALVULA ESTRANGULACION
30 92227042 2 MOTORE ENGINE/MOTOR MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR
32 92409157 1 VALVOLA OVERCENTRE VALVE VANNE CONTROLE DESCENTE ABGANGKONTROLLVENTIL CALVULA CONTROL BAJADA
33 412350111 1 BLOCCHETTO BLOCK BLOC BLOCK BLOQUE
34 91203023 1 RIDUTTORE REDUCTION GEAR REDUCTEUR UNTERSETZUNGSGETRIEBE REDUCTOR
38 92225049 1 MOTORE HYDRAULIC PISTON MOTOR MOTEUR A PISTON KOLBENMOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO PISTON
39 412120837 1 PIASTRA PLATE PLAQUE PLATTE PLACA
40 90910049 1 CARRO CRAWLER CHARIOT UNTERWAGEN CARRO
41 92426028 1 DISTRIBUTORE ROTANTE ROTATING DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR ROTATIF DREHDURCHFÜHRUNG DISTRIBUIDOR GIRATORIO
43 92606063 3 MANOMETRO PRESSURE GAUGE MANOMETRE MANOMETER MANOMETRO
44 92618043 1 FILTRO ARIA AIR FILTER FILTRE AIR LUFTFILTER FILTRO DE AIRE
45 92618045 1 CARTUCCIA FILTRO ARIA AIR FILTER FOR HYDR. TANK FILTRE AIR LUFTFILTER FILTRO DE AIRE
47 92103234 1 POMPA HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP POMPE HYDR. A ENGREN. HYDRAULIKPUMPE BOMBA HIDR. ENGRANAJES
48 92444071 1 ELETTROVALVOLA VALVE ELECTRO VANNE MAGNETVENTIL ELECTROVALVULA
49 92129009 1 MOTORE HYDRAULIC MOTOR MOTEUR HYDRAULIQUE HYDRAULIKMOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO

51 92423053 1 ACCUMULATORE ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATEUR DRUCKSPEICHER ACUMULADOR HIDRAULICO
53 96502016 2 RUBINETTO COCK ROBINET HAHN GRIFO
60 92405014 1 VALVOLA VALVE VANNE DE MAXIM.MODUL. VENTIL VALVULA DE MAXIMA
104 90609007 1 ARGANO FREE FALL WINCH TREUIL A CHUTE LIBRE FREIFALLWINDE CABRESTANTE POR GRAVEDA
106 92614165 1 FILTRO OLIO OIL FILTER FILTRE HUILE OELFILTER FILTRO DEL ACEITE
107 92614166 1 CARTUCCIA OLIO ARGANO OIL FILTER CARTRIDGE CARTOUCHE FILTRE HUILE OELFILTERPATRONE CARTUCHO ACEITE
109 92405065 1 VALVOLA PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE VANNE DE REDUCTION PRES DRUCKREDUZIERVENTIL VALVULA REDUCTORA PRESI
110 412350064 1 BLOCCHETTO BLOCK BLOC BLOCKIERER BLOQUE
151 412120540 1 PIASTRA/PIASTRINA PLATE PLAQUE PLATTE PLACA/PLAQUITA
154 92405073 1 VALVOLA MAIN RELIEF VALVE VANNE DE MAXIMUM HAUPTDRUCKVENTIL VALVULA DE MAXIMA
155 92403051 1 VALVOLA DI RITEGNO CHECK VALVE VANNE DE RETENUE RÜCKSCHLAGVENTIL VALVULA DE RETENCION
156 97443111 2 PRESSOSTATO PRESSURE SWITCH PRESSOSTAT DRUCKSCHALTER PRESOSTATO
158 90607053 1 ARGANO WINCH TREUIL WINDE CABRESTANTE
161 92409141 1 VALVOLA OVERCENTER VALVE VANNE CONTROLE DESCENTE ABGANGKONTROLLVENTIL CALVULA CONTROL BAJADA
170 96502021 2 RUBINETTO FOUR-WAY COCK ROBINET HAHN GRIFO

205 92405074 1 VALVOLA VALVE VANNE DE MAXIM.MODUL. VENTIL VALVULA DE MAXIMA
209 92436499 1 DISTRIBUTORE DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR HYDRAULIQU SCHIEBER DISTRIBUIDOR
210 92226052 1 MOTORE HYDRAULIC MOTOR MOTEUR MOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO
211 92226046 1 MOTORE HYDRAULIC MOTOR MOTEUR HYDRAULIQUE HYDRAULIKMOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO
214 92409156 1 VALVOLA VALVE SOUPAPE VENTIL VALVULA
215 92409170 2 VALVOLA VALVE SOUPAPE VENTIL VALVULA
230 92409033 1 VALVOLA BALANCING VALVE VANNE DE BALANCEMENT VENTIL VALVULA EQUILIBRADO
242 92407001 1 VALVOLA RELIEF VALVE VSO-SE-00 VANNE DE RETENUE PILOTE VENTIL VALVULA RETENCION PILOT
245 92403006 1 VALVOLA CHECK VALVE ADR15 VANNE DE RETENUE RÜCKSCHLAGVENTIL VALVULA DE RETENCION
249 92401082 1 VALVOLA CHECK VALVE VANNE DE BLOCAGE KONTROLLVENTIL VALVULA BLOQUEO
251 92409063 1 VALVOLA OVERCENTER VALVE VANNE VENTIL VALVULA
265 92401252 1 VALVOLA RIDUTTRICE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE VANNE DE REDUCTION DRUCKREDUZIERVENTIL VALVULA REDUCTORA

271 92407004 1 RITEGNO PILOTATO RELIEF VALVE VSO-DE-00 VANNE DE RETENUE VENTIL VALVULA RETENCION PILOT
274 412010199 1 PIASTRA/PIASTRINA PLATE PLAQUE PLATTE PLACA/PLAQUITA
275 92225015 2 MOTORE IDRAULICO HYDRAULIC MOTOR MOTEUR A PISTON KOLBENMOTOR MOTOR HIDRAULICO PISTON
282 92403006 1 VALVOLA CHECK VALVE ADR15 VANNE DE RETENUE RÜCKSCHLAGVENTIL VALVULA DE RETENCION
293 91203028 1 RIDUTTORE REDUCTION GEAR REDUCTEUR GETRIEBE REDUCTOR
297 92417041 1 REGOLATORE FLOW REGULATOR REGULATEUR DE FLUX FLIESSREGLER REGULADOR DE CAUDAL
304 92436499 1 DISTRIBUTORE DISTRIBUTOR DISTRIBUTEUR HYDRAULIQU SCHIEBER DISTRIBUIDOR

M.manut. Casagrande B125

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

M.manut. Casagrande B125

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Casagrande S.p.A.

℡ +39 0434 9941

VOLUME 1 SAFETY INFORMATION

VOLUME 2 USE AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

VOLUME 3 SPARE PARTS

Serial number: B125ZC0251

Year of construction: 2005

Delivery date: 15-07-2005

Client: CIMERTEX - SOCIEDADE DE MAQUINAS E EQUIPAMIENTO

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

CUMMINS QSB 5.9-44 diesel engine 46458327

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

2) FIRST OF ALL IT IS IMPORTANT TO ADOPT ALL THE MEASURES LISTED IN VOLUME 1 -

3) USE OF THIS MACHINE IN CONDITIONS OR FOR APPLICATIONS THAT DIFFER FROM

This manual is composed of three VOLUMES:

VOLUME 1) SAFETY INFORMATION

VOLUME 2) USER AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

VOLUME 3) SPARE PARTS MANUAL

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CASAGRANDE S.p.A.-TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION IS PROHIBITED

2. TECHNICAL DATA ..........................................................................................2-1

3. TRANSPORT AND START-UP OF THE MACHINE ........................................3-1

4.4. Commands and controls ........................................................................................... 4-14

5. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................. 5-1

5.4.5. Play adjusting of the undercarriage telescopic system ........................................................5-8

6. DISPOSAL OF THE MACHINE .......................................................................6-1

1.1. Foreword to volume 2 – use and maintenance

1.2. How to read this manual

Volume 1 – SAFETY (the present document)

• As far as safety is concerned, the symbol

2.1. Proper use

2.2. Technical characteristics

MAIN VIEW COMPONENTS

MAIN VIEW COMPONENTS

UPPERSTRUCTURE SECTION COMPONENTS

2.2.1. Performance and dimensional features of the machine

MAXIMUM SPEED 0 ÷ 1.8 Km/h

TEMPERATURE RANGE -10 +40 °C

MAXIMUM WORKING ALTITUDE 3960 m

UPPERSTRUCTURE SLEWING SPEED 0 ÷ 3,2 RPM

AVERAGE WEIGHT OF THE

AVERAGE WEIGHT OF THE

AVERAGE WEIGHT OF THE

AVERAGE WEIGHT OF THE

PILE ARRANGEMENT WITH CROWD CYLINDER

C height of mast bottom off the ground 2580

D height of slide bottom off the ground 2400

max drilling diameter mm 1500

average weight of the machine kg 35500

Kelly bar lenght up to 4x9.5 m

PILE ARRANGEMENT WITH CROWD WINCH

B max height 18660

C height of mast bottom off the ground 1325

D height of slide bottom off the ground 2400

max drilling diameter mm 1200

average weight of the machine kg 38700

max extraction force kN 340

DIMENSIONS VALUE [mm]

C distance between upperstructure min 2680

* for 400 mm width are required kelly and

SOUND LEVEL WITH SOUNDPROOFED MACHINE VALUE

A Wheel base 3710 mm

TYPE MAXIMUM WHEELBASE [mm]

Kelly bar length up to 4x9500: 3500